BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY

SEC
A

B
SECTION
SECURITY CONTROL SYSTEM C

E
CONTENTS
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ........................... 25 F

PRECAUTION ............................................... 6 COMMON ITEM .........................................................25

COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM -
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6 COMMON ITEM) (With Intelligent Key) ...................25
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- INTELLIGENT KEY ....................................................26
SIONER" ................................................................... 6 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - H
Precaution for Work .................................................. 6 INTELLIGENT KEY) ................................................26
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- THEFT ALM ...............................................................28
tion After Battery Disconnection ................................ 6 THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - I
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 7 THEFT) ....................................................................29
PREPARATION ............................................ 8 IMMU ..........................................................................29 J
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) ............29
PREPARATION ................................................... 8
Special Service Tool ................................................. 8 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ................... 31
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) .............................31 SEC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 33
COMPONENT PARTS ........................................ 9
Component Parts Location ........................................ 9 ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM ....................................... 33 L
ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK .......... 11 List of ECU Reference .............................................33
NATS Antenna Amp. ............................................... 12
WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 34 M
SYSTEM .............................................................13
ENGINE START FUNCTION ............................ 34
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START Wiring Diagram ........................................................34
FUNCTION ................................................................. 13 N
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
FUNCTION : System Description ............................ 13 NATS ................................................................. 47
Wiring Diagram ........................................................47 O
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM ................................ 17
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System De- VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ........................ 60
scription ................................................................... 17 Wiring Diagram ........................................................60
P
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ................................. 20 BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 69
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion .......................................................................... 21 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 69
Work Flow ................................................................69
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ....................... 24
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Lamp/Indicator Lamp .............................................. 24 ECM ................................................................... 72

Revision: November 2016 SEC-1 2017 D23

 Description .............................................................. 72 DTC Description ...................................................... 99
Work Procedure ...................................................... 72 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 99

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING B210E STARTER RELAY ................................ 101

STEERING LOCK UNIT .................................... 73 DTC Description .................................................... 101
Description .............................................................. 73 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102
Work Procedure ...................................................... 73
B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTER-
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 74 LOCK SWITCH ................................................. 103
DTC Description .................................................... 103
P1610 LOCK MODE .......................................... 74 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103
DTC Description ..................................................... 74
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 74 B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTER-
LOCK SWITCH ................................................. 105
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ...................... 76 DTC Description .................................................... 105
DTC Description ..................................................... 76 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 76
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ..................... 107
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU ........................... 78 DTC Description .................................................... 107
DTC Description ..................................................... 78 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 78
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU ......................... 109
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY ........................... 80 DTC Description .................................................... 109
DTC Description ..................................................... 80 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 80
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING .................................. 111
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY ............................. 82 DTC Description .................................................... 111
DTC Description ..................................................... 82 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 82
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ........................ 113
P1616 ECM ........................................................ 83 DTC Description .................................................... 113
DTC Description ..................................................... 83 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 83
B2555 STOP LAMP .......................................... 115
B2013 STEERING LOCK UNIT ......................... 84 DTC Description .................................................... 115
DTC Description ..................................................... 84 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 84 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 116
B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU ......................... 85 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH .... 118
DTC Description ..................................................... 85 DTC Description .................................................... 118
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 85 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118
Component Inspection .......................................... 119
B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY ..................... 89
DTC Description ..................................................... 89 B2557 VEHICLE SPEED .................................. 121
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 89 DTC Description .................................................... 121
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY ..................... 91
DTC Description ..................................................... 91 B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY .............. 123
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 91 DTC Description .................................................... 123
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123
B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT ........................ 93
DTC Description ..................................................... 93 B2601 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 125
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 93 DTC Description .................................................... 125
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125
B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY .............. 95
DTC Description ..................................................... 95 B2602 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 127
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 95 DTC Description .................................................... 127
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127
B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY .............. 97
Component Inspection .......................................... 129
DTC Description ..................................................... 97
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 97 B2603 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 130
DTC Description .................................................... 130
B210D STARTER RELAY ................................. 99
Revision: November 2016 SEC-2 2017 D23
 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130 B26E9 STEERING STATUS ........................... 167
Component Inspection .......................................... 133 DTC Description .................................................... 167 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167
B2604 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 134
DTC Description .................................................... 134 B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY .................. 168
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 134 B
DTC Description .................................................... 168
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
B2605 SHIFT POSITION .................................. 137
DTC Description .................................................... 137 B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY .................. 171 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 137 DTC Description .................................................... 171
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171
B2608 STARTER RELAY ................................ 140
DTC Description .................................................... 140 B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 173 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 140 DTC Description .................................................... 173
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
B2609 STEERING STATUS ............................. 142 E
DTC Description .................................................... 142 B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY ............ 175
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 143 DTC Description .................................................... 175
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175
B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 145 F
DTC Description .................................................... 145 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH . 177
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145 DTC Description .................................................... 177
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177 G
B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 147
DTC Description .................................................... 147 B26F7 BCM ..................................................... 181
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147 DTC Description .................................................... 181
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181 H
B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT ....................... 148
DTC Description .................................................... 148 B26F8 BCM ..................................................... 182
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 148 DTC Description .................................................... 182 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182
B260F ENGINE STATUS ................................. 149
DTC Description .................................................... 149 B26FC KEY REGISTRATION ......................... 183
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149 DTC Description .................................................... 183 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
B2612 STEERING STATUS ............................. 151
DTC Description .................................................... 151 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ...................... 184 SEC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152 Component Function Check ................................ 184
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184
B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT ................. 155
DTC Description .................................................... 155 HORN FUNCTION ........................................... 186 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155 Component Function Check ................................ 186
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 186
B2619 BCM ...................................................... 157
M
DTC Description .................................................... 157 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 188
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 188
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH ..................... 158 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 188 N
DTC Description .................................................... 158
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158 ENGINE CAN NOT START ............................. 189
Component Inspection .......................................... 160 Description ............................................................. 189
O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189
B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.. 161
DTC Description .................................................... 161 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLI-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161 GENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE .............. 190 P
Component Inspection .......................................... 163 Description ............................................................. 190
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 190
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH .......... 164
DTC Description .................................................... 164 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLI-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164 GENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE (ONE
Component Inspection .......................................... 165 KEY) ................................................................ 192
Description ...........................................................

Revision: November 2016 SEC-3 2017 D23

 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................192 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 212
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND EN- ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM ...................................... 212
GINE DOES NOT START (REQ SW/PUSH List of ECU Reference .......................................... 212
SW) (ONE KEY) ............................................... 193
Description .............................................................193 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 213
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................193
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 195 NATS ................................................................ 213
Wiring Diagram (With color display and without In-
NATS ANTENNA AMP. ................................... 195 telligent Key system) ............................................. 213
Exploded View .......................................................195 Wiring Diagram (With monochrome display) ........ 217
Removal and Installation .......................................195
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ........................ 221
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ............... 197 Wiring Diagram (With color display and without In-
Removal and Installation .......................................197 telligent Key system) ............................................. 221
Wiring Diagram (With monochrome display) ........ 230
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY ....................... 198
Exploded View .......................................................198 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 238
Removal and Installation .......................................198
WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 238
Work Flow ............................................................. 238
PRECAUTION ............................................ 200
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 200 ECM .................................................................. 241
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Description ............................................................ 241
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Work Procedure .................................................... 241
SIONER" ................................................................200
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 242
tion After Battery Disconnect .................................200
P1610 LOCK MODE ......................................... 242
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 201 DTC Description .................................................... 242
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 201
Component Parts Location ....................................201 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM ..................... 244
NATS Antenna Amp. .............................................202 DTC Description .................................................... 244
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244
SYSTEM ........................................................... 203
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU .......................... 246
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM ..............................203 DTC Description .................................................... 246
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System De- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246
scription .................................................................203
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY .......................... 248
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ...............................204 DTC Description .................................................... 248
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Descrip- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248
tion .........................................................................204
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY ............................ 251
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ......................207 DTC Description .................................................... 251
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 251
Lamp/Indicator Lamp .............................................208
P1616 ECM ....................................................... 252
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) .......................... 209 DTC Description .................................................... 252
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 252
COMMON ITEM .......................................................209
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP. ........................ 253
COMMON ITEM) (Without Intelligent Key) ............209 DTC Description .................................................... 253
THEFT ALM .............................................................209 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY ......................... 256
THEFT) ..................................................................209 DTC Description .................................................... 256
IMMU ........................................................................210 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 256
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) ..........210

Revision: November 2016 SEC-4 2017 D23

B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM .................... 257 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE
DTC Description .................................................... 257 SET .................................................................. 267 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 257
KEY FOB .................................................................. 267
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU ......................... 259 KEY FOB : Description .......................................... 267
B
DTC Description .................................................... 259 KEY FOB : Diagnosis Procedure ........................... 267
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH ................... 267
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING .................................. 261 DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Descrip- C
DTC Description .................................................... 261 tion ......................................................................... 267
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 261 DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Diagnosis
Procedure .............................................................. 267
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ........................ 263 D
Component Function Check ................................ 263 UNLOCK SENSOR .................................................. 268
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 263 UNLOCK SENSOR : Description .......................... 268
UNLOCK SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 268 E
HORN FUNCTION ............................................ 264
Component Function Check ................................ 264 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 264 ACTIVATE ....................................................... 269
Description ............................................................. 269 F
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 266 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 269
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 270 G
TURN ON OR BLINK ....................................... 266
Description ............................................................ 266 NATS ANTENNA AMP. .................................. 270
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 266 Removal and Installation ....................................... 270
H

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-5 2017 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000014559923

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000014260481

• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one.
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly.
• Follow the steps below to clean components:
- Water soluble dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Oily dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000014260482

CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-6 2017 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables. A
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
B
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
C
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
D
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
E
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
F
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT. G

Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000014260483

H
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
I

SEC
PIIB3706J

Revision: November 2016 SEC-7 2017 D23

 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000014260484

The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.)
Tool name
— Removing trim components
(J-46534)
Trim Tool Set

AWJIA0483ZZ

Revision: November 2016 SEC-8 2017 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014260485
B

SEC

M
ALKIA3938ZZ

A. View with Instrument panel removed B. View with steering column lower fin- N
isher removed

No. Component Function O

Inside key antenna (console) detects whether Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, and trans-
1. Inside key antenna (console) mits the signal to BCM.
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
P
Combination meter transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communication.
BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication. BCM compares both signals to detect the vehicle speed.
2. Combination meter
Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter.
Security indicator lamp blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than ON to warn
that Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) is on board.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-9 2017 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. Component Function
BCM controls INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (ENGINE START FUNCTION), NISSAN ANTI-
THEFT SYSTEM (NATS) and VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.
BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and Intelligent Key when the Intelligent Key
is carried into the detection area of inside key antenna, and push-button ignition switch is
3. BCM pressed. If the ID verification result is OK, ignition switch operation is available.
Then, when the ignition switch is turned ON, BCM performs ID verification between BCM and
ECM. If the ID verification result is OK, ECM can start engine.
Refer to BCS-76, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed in-
stallation location.
Inside key antenna (instrument center) detects whether Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle,
Inside key antenna (instru-
4. and transmits the signal to BCM.
ment center)
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Remote keyless entry receiver receives each button operation signal and electronic key ID
Remote keyless entry receiv-
5. signal from Intelligent Key, and then transmits the signal to BCM.
er
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Starter control relay and starter relay are integrated in IPDM E/R, and used for the engine
starting function. Starter relay is controlled by BCM, and starter control relay is controlled by
IPDM E/R while communicating with BCM. IPDM E/R sends the starter control relay and
6. IPDM E/R starter relay status signal to BCM.
Steering lock relay is integrated into IPDM E/R, and is controlled by IPDM E/R.
Refer to BCS-77, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" for detailed installation location.
ECM controls the engine.
When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM starts communication with ECM and performs the
ID verification between BCM and ECM.
If the verification result is OK, the engine can start. If the verification result is NG, the engine
7. ECM
cannot start.
Refer to EC-810, "Component Parts Location" (YD25DDTi engine models), EC-397,
"YS23DDT : Component Parts Location" (YS23DDT engine models) or EC-401, "YS23DDTT
: Component Parts Location" (YS23DDTT engine models) for detailed installation location.
Horn high and horn low operate for warning vehicle surroundings when VEHICLE SECURITY
8. Horn high
SYSTEM operates.
Horn high and horn low operate for warning vehicle surroundings when VEHICLE SECURITY
9. Horn low
SYSTEM operates.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via
CAN communication.
ABS actuator and electric unit
10. BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from combination meter via CAN communica-
(control unit)
tion. BCM compares both signals to detect the vehicle speed.
Refer to BRC-116, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Clutch interlock switch detects that clutch pedal is depressed and transmits ON/OFF signal
Clutch interlock switch
to BCM.
(M/T models)
Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location.
11. Clutch pedal position switch detects that clutch pedal is depressed, and then transmits ON/
Clutch pedal position switch
OFF signal to BCM.
(M/T models)
Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location.
Stop lamp switch detects that brake pedal is depressed, and then transmits ON/OFF signal
12. Stop lamp switch to BCM.
Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location.
A/T shift selector (park posi- Park position switch is integrated into A/T shift sector, and detects that selector lever is locked
13. tion switch) in the P position, then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM and IPDM E/R.
(A/T models) Refer to TM-296, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-10 2017 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. Component Function
A
TCM detects the selector lever position, and then transmits the P/N position signal to BCM
and IPDM E/R.
BCM confirms the A/T shift selector position with the following 4 signals:
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (park position switch) B
• P/N position signal from TCM
A/T assembly (TCM) • Interlock/PNP switch signal from IPDM E/R (CAN)
(A/T models) • P/N position signal from TCM (CAN)
14. IPDM E/R confirms the A/T shift selector position with the following 3 signals: C
• P position signal from A/T shift selector (park position switch)
• P/N position signal from TCM
• P/N position signal from BCM (CAN)
Refer to TM-302, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location. D
Park/neutral position switch detects that shift lever is in the neutral position, and then trans-
Park/neutral position switch
mits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
(M/T models)
Refer to TM-20, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location. E
Outside key antenna and door request switch are integrated into outside door handle.
Outside key antenna detects whether Intelligent Key is within the detection area or not, and
15. Outside key antenna LH
then transmits signal to BCM.
F
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Front door request switch detects door lock/unlock operation and transmits door request
16. Front door request switch LH switch signal to BCM.
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location. G
Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
17. Front door switch LH
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM.
H
18. Rear door switch LH
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
19. NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-12, "NATS Antenna Amp.".
I
Push-button ignition switch has push switch inside which detects that push-button ignition
switch is pressed, and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM. BCM changes the ignition
20. Push-button ignition switch switch position with the operation of push-button ignition switch. BCM maintains the ignition
switch position status while push-button ignition switch is not operated. J
Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Steering lock unit performs steering lock/unlock operation as requested from BCM, and the
power source is supplied from steering lock relay controlled by IPDM E/[Link] the push-
Electronic steering column SEC
21. button ignition switch is pressed while the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, BCM performs
lock
the ID verification with steering lock unit. Steering lock unit releases the steering lock based
on the result of the ID verification.
L
ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK INFOID:0000000014260486

Electronic steering column lock performs steering lock/unlock opera-

tion on request from BCM, and power source is supplied from steer- M
ing lock relay controlled by IPDM E/R.
When push-button ignition switch is pressed while the Intelligent Key
is inside the vehicle, BCM performs the ID verification with electronic N
steering column lock. Electronic steering column lock releases the
steering lock based on the result of the ID verification.
Electronic steering column lock has 2 switches (steering lock status
switch and steering unlock status switch) inside. These switch sig- O
nals are transmitted to BCM and IPDM E/R. BCM judges the steer-
ing lock/unlock condition by comparing these switch signals and
JMMIA1365ZZ
electronic steering column lock status signal transmitted from IPDM P
E/R via CAN communication.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-11 2017 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NATS Antenna Amp. INFOID:0000000014260487

The ID verification is performed between BCM and transponder inte-

grated into Intelligent Key via NATS antenna amp. when Intelligent
Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch in case that
Intelligent Key battery is discharged. If the ID verification result is
OK, the operation of ignition switch is available.

JMKIB1434ZZ

Revision: November 2016 SEC-12 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM
A
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION : System Description
INFOID:0000000014260488 B

SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C

SEC

M
ALKIA3929GB

BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Input Signal Item N

Revision: November 2016 SEC-13 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Transmit unit Signal name

ID verification signal
ECM
Engine status signal
Push-button ignition switch status sig-
nal
Electronic steering column lock status
signal
IPDM E/R Steering lock relay signal
CAN communication Starter relay status signal
Starter control relay signal
Park position switch signal
Interlock/PNP switch signal
TCM P/N position signal
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal (Meter)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed signal (ABS)
Electronic steering column lock communication signal
Electronic steering column lock
Steering lock condition No.1, 2 signal
Remote keyless entry receiver Key ID signal
Push-button ignition switch Push switch signal
Each door switch Door switch signal
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch signal
A/T shift selector (park position switch) (A/T models) P position signal
TCM (A/T models) P/N position signal
Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) Clutch interlock switch signal
Park/neutral position switch (M/T models) Neutral position signal
Clutch pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch signal

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name

IPDM E/R Steering lock relay signal
Combination meter CAN communication Key warning lamp signal
ECM ID verification signal
Electronic steering column lock power supply
Electronic steering column lock
Electronic steering column lock communication signal
Inside key antenna Inside key antenna signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine start function of Intelligent Key system makes it possible to start and stop the engine without
using the key, based on the electronic ID verification. The electronic ID verification is performed between
BCM and Intelligent Key when the push-button ignition switch is pressed while the Intelligent Key is within
the detection area of inside key antenna.
NOTE:
The driver should carry the Intelligent Key at all times.
• Intelligent Key has 2 IDs (Intelligent Key ID and NATS ID). It can perform the door lock/unlock operation and
the push-button ignition switch operation when the registered Intelligent Key is carried.
NOTE:
Refer to DLK-18, "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description" for any functions other than engine
start function of Intelligent Key system.
• If the ID is successfully verified, when push-button ignition switch is pressed, electronic steering column lock
is released and the engine can be started.
• Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (Including the standard Intelligent Key) upon request from the cus-
tomer.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-14 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• For initialization and registration of Intelligent Keys, refer to CONSULT Immobilizer mode and follow the on-
screen instructions. A
PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
The transponder (the chip for NATS ID verification) is integrated into the Intelligent Key. (For the con-
ventional models, it is integrated into the mechanical key.) Therefore, ID verification cannot be per- B
formed by mechanical key only.
In that case, NATS ID verification can be performed when Intelligent Key backside is contacted to
push-button ignition switch while brake pedal is depressed. If verification result is OK, engine can be C
started.
OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED
1. When the push-button ignition switch is pressed, the BCM activates the inside key antenna and transmits D
the request signal to the Intelligent Key.
2. The Intelligent Key receives the request signal and transmits the Intelligent Key ID signal to the BCM.
3. BCM receives the Intelligent Key ID signal via remote keyless entry receiver and verifies it with the regis- E
tered ID.
4. BCM transmits the unlock signal to electronic steering column lock and IPDM E/R if the verification results
are OK. F
5. IPDM E/R turns the steering lock relay ON and supplies power supply to the electronic steering column
lock.
6. The steering lock releases. G
7. BCM transmits the power supply stop signal to IPDM E/R when detecting that the steering lock is in the
unlock condition.
8. IPDM E/R turns the steering lock relay OFF and stops power supply to the electronic steering column H
lock.
9. BCM turns ACC relay ON and transmits the ignition power supply ON signal to IPDM E/R.
10. IPDM E/R turns the ignition relay ON and starts the ignition power supply. I
11. IPDM E/R turns the starter control relay ON for engine starting in advance.
12. BCM detects the selector lever position and brake pedal operation condition (A/T models), or clutch pedal
operation condition (M/T models). J
13. BCM transmits the starter request signal to IPDM E/R and turns the starter relay in IPDM E/R ON if BCM
judges that the engine start condition* is satisfied.
14. Power supply is supplied through the starter relay and the starter control relay to operate the starter motor. SEC
CAUTION:
If a malfunction is detected in the Intelligent Key system, the “Intelligent Key system malfunction
display” display on information display in combination meter. At that time, the engine cannot be L
started.
15. When BCM receives feedback signal from ECM indicating that the engine is started, the BCM transmits a
stop signal to IPDM E/R and stops cranking by turning OFF the starter motor relay. (If engine start is M
unsuccessful, cranking stops automatically within 5 seconds.)
CAUTION:
When the Intelligent Key is carried outside of the vehicle (inside key antenna detection area) while
the power supply is in the ACC or ON position, even if the engine start condition* is satisfied, the N
engine cannot be started.
*: For the engine start condition, refer to “IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUT-
TON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION”. O
OPERATION RANGE
Engine can be started when Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, sometimes engine may not start
when Intelligent Key is on instrument panel or in glove box. P

ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CONTACTED TO PUSH-BUTTON IG-

NITION SWITCH
When Intelligent Key battery is discharged, NATS ID verification between transponder in Intelligent Key and
BCM is performed when Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch while brake pedal
is depressed. If the verification result is OK, engine can be started.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-15 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
STEERING LOCK OPERATION
Steering is locked by electronic steering column lock when any of the following conditions are met:
• When ignition switch is in the OFF position, selector lever is in the P position (A/T models), and any of the
following conditions are met:
- Closing door
- Opening door
- Door is locked using door request switch
- Door is locked using Intelligent Key
• When BCM power consumption control system is released by meeting any of the following conditions:
- Opening any door
- Operating door lock using door request switch
- Operating door lock using Intelligent Key
IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERA-
TION
The ignition switch position can be changed by the following operations:
NOTE:
• When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna or when Intelligent Key backside is
contacted to push-button ignition switch, it is equivalent to the operations below.
• When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions,
A/T models:
- Brake pedal operation condition
- Selector lever position
- Vehicle speed
M/T models:
- Clutch pedal operation condition
- Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)

Condition
A/T models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation con-
Selector lever
condition dition
LOCK → ACC — Not depressed Not depressed 1
LOCK → ACC → ON — Not depressed Not depressed 2
LOCK → ACC → ON →
— Not depressed Not depressed 3
OFF
LOCK → START
ACC → START P or N position Depressed Depressed 1
ON → START
Engine is running →
— — — 1
OFF

Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more

Condition
A/T models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation con-
Selector lever
condition dition
Engine is running →
— — — Emergency stop operation
ACC
Engine stall return oper-
N position Not depressed Depressed 1
ation while driving
Emergency stop operation
Emergency engine stop is activated when any of the following operation is performed:
• Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.
• Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-16 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
A
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014260489

SYSTEM DIAGRAM B

SEC

L
ALKIA3931GB

BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART M

Input Signal Item

Transmit unit Signal name N

ID verification signal
ECM
Engine status signal
Push-button ignition switch status signal O
Electronic steering column lock unit status signal
Steering lock relay signal
IPDM E/R Starter relay status signal
CAN communication Starter control relay signal P
Detention switch signal
Interlock/PNP switch signal
TCM P/N position signal
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal (Meter)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed signal (ABS)

Revision: November 2016 SEC-17 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Transmit unit Signal name
ID verification signal
Electronic steering column lock
Steering lock communication signal
NATS antenna amp. Key ID signal
Push-button ignition switch Push switch signal
Each door switch Door switch signal
Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch signal
A/T shift selector (park position switch) (A/T mod-
P position signal
els)
TCM (A/T models) P/N position signal
Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) Clutch interlock switch signal
Park/neutral position switch (M/T models) Neutral position signal
Clutch pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch signal

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name

IPDM E/R Steering lock relay signal
CAN communication
ECM ID verification signal
Combination meter Security indicator lamp signal
Electronic steering column lock power supply
Electronic steering column lock
Steering lock communication signal
Inside key antenna Inside key antenna signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) prevents the engine from being started by an Intelligent Key whose ID is
not registered to the vehicle (BCM). It has higher protection against auto theft involving the duplication of
mechanical keys.
• The ignition key integrated in the Intelligent Key cannot start the engine. When the Intelligent Key battery is
discharged, the NATS ID verification is performed between the transponder integrated with Intelligent Key
and BCM via NATS antenna amp. when the Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition
switch while brake pedal is depressed. If the verification result is OK, the engine start operation can be per-
formed by the push-button ignition switch operation.
• Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter and blinks when the ignition switch is in any position
except ON to warn that the vehicle is equipped with Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS).
• Up to 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered (including the standard ignition key) upon request from the owner.
• When replacing ECM, BCM or Intelligent Key, the specified procedure (Initialization of BCM and registration
of Intelligent Keys) using CONSULT is required.
• For initialization and registration of Intelligent Keys, refer to CONSULT Immobilizer mode and follow the on-
screen instructions.
• Possible symptom of NATS malfunction is “Engine cannot start”. This symptom also occurs because of other
than NATS malfunction, so start the trouble diagnosis according to SEC-69, "Work Flow".
• If ECM other than genuine part is installed, the engine cannot be started.
PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION
• The ID registration is a procedure that erases the current NATS ID once, and then registers a new ID. There-
fore before starting the registration operation, collect all registered Intelligent Keys from the customer.
• When registering the Intelligent Key, perform only one procedure to simultaneously register both IDs (NATS
ID and Intelligent Key ID).
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
• Security indicator lamp warns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks when the ignition switch is in any position other than ON.
NOTE:
Because security indicator lamp is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected.
ENGINE START OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CONTACTED TO PUSH-BUTTON IG-

Revision: November 2016 SEC-18 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NITION SWITCH
1. When brake pedal is depressed while selector lever is in the P position (A/T models), or shift lever is in the A
neutral position (M/T models). BCM activates NATS antenna amp. that is located behind push-button igni-
tion switch.
2. When Intelligent Key (transponder built-in) backside is contacted to push-button ignition switch, BCM B
starts NATS ID verification between BCM and Intelligent Key (built-in transponder) via NATS antenna
amp.
3. When NATS ID verification result is OK, buzzer in combination meter sounds and BCM transmits the C
result to ECM.
4. When push-button ignition switch is pressed, BCM transmits steering unlock signal to electronic steering
column lock and IPDM E/R. D
5. IPDM E/R turns steering lock relay ON and supplies power supply to the electronic steering column lock.
6. The steering lock is released.
7. BCM transmits the power supply stop signal to IPDM E/R when detecting that the steering lock is in the E
unlock position.
8. IPDM E/R turns steering lock relay OFF and stops power supply to the electronic steering column lock.
9. BCM turns ACC relay ON and transmits ignition power supply ON signal to IPDM E/R. F
10. IPDM E/R turns the ignition relay ON and starts the ignition power supply.
11. IPDM E/R turns the starter control relay ON for engine starting in advance.
G
12. BCM detects the selector lever position and brake pedal operation condition (A/T models), or clutch pedal
operation condition (M/T models).
13. BCM transmits starter request signal to IPDM E/R and turns the starter relay in IPDM E/R ON if BCM
judges that the engine start condition* is satisfied. H
14. Power supply is supplied through the starter relay and the starter control relay to operate the starter motor.
15. When BCM receives feedback signal from ECM indicating that the engine is started, BCM transmits a
stop signal to IPDM E/R and stops cranking by turning off the starter motor relay. (If engine start is unsuc- I
cessful, cranking stops automatically within 5 seconds.)
*: For the engine start condition, refer to “IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUT-
TON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION” below. J

IGNITION SWITCH POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERA-

TION SEC
The ignition switch position can be changed by the following operations:
NOTE:
• When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna or when Intelligent Key backside is
contacted to push-button ignition switch, it is equivalent to the operations below: L
• When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions:
A/T models:
- Brake pedal operation condition: M
- Selector lever position
- Vehicle speed
M/T models:
- Clutch pedal operation condition: N
- Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed: less than 4 km/h (2.5 MPH)
O
Condition
A/T models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position P
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation con-
Selector lever
condition dition
LOCK → ACC — Not depressed Not depressed 1
LOCK → ACC → ON — Not depressed Not depressed 2
LOCK → ACC → ON →
— Not depressed Not depressed 3
OFF

Revision: November 2016 SEC-19 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Condition
A/T models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation con-
Selector lever
condition dition
LOCK → START
ACC → START P or N position Depressed Depressed 1
ON → START
Engine is running →
— — — 1
OFF

Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more

Condition
A/T models M/T models Push-button ignition switch
Power supply position
operation frequency
Brake pedal operation Clutch pedal operation con-
Selector lever
condition dition
Engine is running →
— — — Emergency stop operation
ACC
Engine stall return oper-
N position Not depressed Depressed 1
ation while driving
Emergency stop operation
Emergency engine stop is activated when any of the following operation is performed:
• Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.
• Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

Revision: November 2016 SEC-20 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014260490

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SEC

ALKIA3901GB
L
BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Input Signal Item
M
Transmit unit Signal name
Key ID signal
Remote keyless entry receiver N
Each button operation signal
Push-button ignition switch Push switch signal
Each door switch Door switch signal
O
Each door request switch Door request switch signal
Unlock sensor Unlock sensor signal

Output Signal Item P

Reception unit Signal name

IPDM E/R CAN communication Theft warning horn request signal
Combination meter Security indicator lamp signal

Revision: November 2016 SEC-21 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Reception unit Signal name
Hazard warning lamp Hazard warning lamp signal
Outside key antenna Outside key antenna signal

THEFT WARNING ALARM

• The theft warning alarm function activates horn and hazard warning lamps intermittently when BCM detects
that any door is opened by unauthorized means, while the system is in the ARMED state.
• Security indicator lamp on combination meter always blinks when ignition switch is any position other than
ON. Security indicator lamp blinking warns that the vehicle is equipped with a vehicle security system.
Operation Flow

JMKIB4200GB

No. System state Switching condition

1 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
Full Pre-Armed one condition of B are satis-
• Ignition switch: OFF/LOCK All doors are locked by:
fied.
• All doors: Closed • LOCK button of Intelligent Key
• Door request switch
• Auto door lock function
• Driver side key cylinder operation
2 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
Partial Pre- one condition of B is satis-
• Ignition switch: OFF/LOCK All closed doors are locked by:
Armed fied.
• One or more doors: Open • LOCK button of Intelligent Key
• Door request switch
• Auto door lock function
• Driver side key cylinder operation
3 Full Pre-Armed When all of the following • Ignition switch: Not changed
to Full Armed conditions are satisfied for • Door condition: Not changed
20 seconds.
4 Partial Pre-
Armed to Par-
tial Armed
5 Full Armed to When the following condition Any door: Open
ALARM is satisfied.
6 Partial Armed When the following condition Any door: Open
to ALARM is satisfied.
7 Full Pre-Armed When the following condition Any door: Open
to Partial Pre- is satisfied.
Armed
8 Partial Pre- When the following condition All doors: Closed
Armed to Full is satisfied.
Pre-Armed

Revision: November 2016 SEC-22 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. System state Switching condition
A
9 Partial Armed When 20 seconds are past All doors: Closed
to Full Armed after the following condition
is satisfied.
10 ALARM to Full When all conditions of A are A B B
Armed not satisfied and all condi-
• Ignition switch: ACC/ON/CRANK- • All doors: Closed
(RE-ALARM tions of B are satisfied, after
ING/RUN
function) the ALARM operation is fin-
ished.
• UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: C
ON
• Door request switch: ON
11 Full Armed to When one of the following • Any door: Open D
ALARM conditions is satisfied within
(RE-ALARM 5 seconds after entering into
function) Full Armed phase from
ALARM phase. E
12 ALARM to Par- When all conditions of A are A B
tial Armed not satisfied and condition B
• Ignition switch: ACC/ON/CRANK- Any door: Open
(RE-ALARM is satisfied, after the ALARM
function) operation is finished.
ING/RUN (Except doors that are open when F
• UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: entering into Partial Armed phase
ON from Partial Pre-Armed phase.)
• Door request switch: ON
G
13 Partial Armed When one of the following • Any door: Open
to ALARM conditions is satisfied within
(RE-ALARM 5 seconds after entering into
function) Partial Armed phase from H
ALARM phase.
14 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
PRE-RESET one condition of B are satis-
• Ignition switch: OFF/LOCK All doors are locked by: I
fied.
• All doors: Closed • LOCK button of Intelligent Key
• Door request switch
• Auto door lock function
• Driver side key cylinder operation J
15 PRE-RESET to When one of the following • Ignition switch: ACC/ON/CRANKING/RUN
DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
• Door request switch: ON SEC
16 PRE-RESET to When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF/LOCK
Full Pre-Armed conditions are satisfied. • All doors: Closed
17 PRE-RESET to L
When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF/LOCK
Partial Pre-
conditions are satisfied. • Any door: Open
Armed
18 Full Pre-Armed When one of the following • Ignition switch: ACC/ON/CRANKING/RUN M
to DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
• Door request switch: ON
19 Partial Pre-
• Key reminder function: ON
Armed to DIS-
N
ARMED
20 Full Armed to When one of the following • Ignition switch: ACC/ON/CRANKING/RUN
DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of Intelligent Key: ON
• Door request switch: ON O
21 Partial Armed
to
DISARMED
22 ALARM to P
DISARMED
NOTE:
• To lock/unlock all doors by operating remote control button of Intelligent Key or door request switch, Intelligent Key must be within the
detection area of outside key antenna. For details, refer to DLK-18, "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description".

DISARMED Phase

Revision: November 2016 SEC-23 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
The vehicle security system is not set in the DISARMED phase. Security indicator lamp blinks every 2.4 sec-
onds. When the vehicle security system is reset, each phase switches to the DISARMED phase directly.
PRE-ARMED Phase
The PRE-ARMED phase is the transient state between the DISARMED phase and the ARMED phase. This
phase is maintained for 20 seconds, so that the owner can reset the setting due to a mis-operation. This phase
switches to the ARMED phase when vehicle conditions are not changed for 20 seconds.
There are two type of phase (Full Pre-Armed and Partial Pre-Armed).
• Full Pre-Armed phase
Vehicle security system enters into this phase when all doors are closed. Security indicator lamp blinks at 8
Hz while being in this phase. If any door is opened during this phase, the system status changes to Partial
Pre-Armed phase.
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 23 in the table above.
• Partial Pre-Armed phase
Vehicle security system enters into this phase when one or more doors are open. Security indicator lamp
blinks at 2.5 Hz while being in this phase. If all doors are closed during this phase, the system status
changes to Full Pre-Armed phase.
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 24 in the table above.
ARMED Phase
The vehicle security system is set, and BCM monitors all necessary inputs. If any door or hood is opened by
unauthorized means, vehicle security system switches to the ALARM phase. Security indicator lamp blinks
every 2.4 seconds.
There are two type of phase (Full Armed and Partial Armed).
• Full Armed phase
Vehicle security system enters into this phase from Full Pre-Armed phase.
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 25 in the table above.
• Partial Armed phase
Vehicle security system enters into this phase from Partial Pre-Armed phase. If all doors are closed during
this phase, the system status changes to Full Armed phase.
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 26 in the table above.
ALARM Phase
BCM transmits “Theft Warning Horn Request” signal intermittently to IPDM E/R via CAN communication and
blinks hazard warning lamps. In this phase, horns and hazard warning lamps are activated intermittently for
approximately 27.5 seconds to warn that the vehicle is accessed by unauthorized means.
Horns are sounding at 2.5 Hz, and hazard warning lamps blinks at 1.42 Hz.
To cancel the ALARM operation, refer to the switching condition of No. 27 in the table above.
NOTE:
If a battery terminal is disconnected during the ALARM phase, theft warning alarm stops. But when the battery
terminal is reconnected, theft warning alarm is activated again.
REALARM Phase
When ALARM phase is maintained for 27.5 seconds without any cancel operation, the system status returns
to the ARMED phase. At this time, if BCM still detects unauthorized access to the vehicle, the system is
switched to the ALARM phase again. This REALARM operation is carried out a maximum of 8 times.
PRE-RESET Phase
The PRE-RESET phase is the transient state between each phase and DISARMED phase. If only the condi-
tion of hood is not satisfied, the system switches to the PRE-RESET phase. Then, when any condition is
changed, the system switches to the DISARMED phase or PRE-ARMED phase.
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000014260491

Item Design Reference

For layout, refer to DLK-35, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/In-
dicator (Information Display)".
Security indicator lamp
For function, refer to DLK-36, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
Chime".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-24 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) (With Intelligent Key)
INFOID:0000000014634374 B

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM. C

Diagnosis mode Function Description

Work Support Changes the setting for each system function. D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM.
E
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
ECU Identification The BCM part number is displayed. F
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.

SYSTEM APPLICATION G
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE:
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items. H
×: Applicable item

Diagnosis mode
System Sub System I
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × × J
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × × SEC
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
L
Automatic A/C AIR CONDITONER ×
• Intelligent Key system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
• Engine start system
M
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
NATS IMMU × × N
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Trunk open TRUNK ×
O
Theft warning alarm THEFT ALM × × ×
RAP system RETAINED PWR ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × × P
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays on
CONSULT.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-25 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description

Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>LOCK
normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to
SLEEP>OFF
normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
While turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle
RUN>ACC
is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
While turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN”
CRANK>RUN
(From cranking up the engine to run it)
While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-
RUN>URGENT
gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF Power supply position While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
status of the moment a
Vehicle Condition OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
particular DTC is de-
OFF>ACC tected* While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
ON>CRANK While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
OFF>SLEEP
tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
While turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-
LOCK>SLEEP
tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK Power supply position is “LOCK”.
OFF Power supply position is “OFF”.
ACC Power supply position is “ACC”.
ON Power supply position is “IGN”
ENGINE RUN Power supply position is “RUN”.
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING”.
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected
• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.
IGN Counter 0 - 39 • The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
NOTE:
*: Refer to the following for details at the power supply position.
• LOCK: Ignition switch OFF with steering locked
• OFF: Ignition switch OFF with steering unlocked
• ACC: Ignition switch ACC
• IGN: Ignition switch ON with engine stopped
• RUN: Ignition switch ON with engine running
• CRANKING: At engine cranking
INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) INFOID:0000000014634375

SELF-DIAG RESULT
Refer to BCS-50, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR

Revision: November 2016 SEC-26 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Monitor Item [Unit] Main Description A

REQ SW -DR [On/Off] × Indicates [On/Off] condition of front door request switch LH.
REQ SW -AS [On/Off] × Indicates [On/Off] condition of front door request switch RH.
PUSH SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of push-button ignition switch.
B

CLUTCH SW*1 [On/Off] × Indicates condition of clutch interlock switch.

BRAKE SW 1 [On/Off] × Indicates condition of stop lamp switch power supply. C
BRAKE SW 2 [On/Off] Indicates condition of stop lamp switch.
DETE/CANCL SW [On/Off] × Indicates condition of P position.
D
SFT PN/N SW [On/Off] × Indicates condition of P or N position.
S/L -LOCK [On/Off] × Indicates condition of electronic steering column lock (LOCK).
S/L -UNLOCK [On/Off] × Indicates condition of electronic steering column lock (UNLOCK). E
S/L RELAY-F/B [On/Off] × Indicates condition of steering lock relay.
UNLK SEN -DR [On/Off] × Indicates condition of front door LH UNLOCK status.
PUSH SW -IPDM [On/Off] Indicates condition of push-button ignition switch. F
IGN RLY1 -F/B [On/Off] Indicates condition of ignition relay 1.
DETE SW -IPDM [On/Off] Indicates condition of P position.
G
SFT PN -IPDM [On/Off] Indicates condition of P or N position.
SFT P -MET [On/Off] Indicates condition of P position.
SFT N -MET [On/Off] Indicates condition of N position. H
ENGINE STATE [Stop/Stall/Crank/
× Indicates condition of engine states.
Run]
S/L LOCK-IPDM [On/Off] Indicates condition of electronic steering column lock (LOCK). I
S/L UNLK-IPDM [On/Off] Indicates condition of electronic steering column lock (UNLOCK).
S/L RELAY-REQ [On/Off] Indicates condition of steering lock relay.
J
VEH SPEED 1 [Km/h] × Displays the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value.
VEH SPEED 2 [Km/h] × Displays the vehicle speed signal received from ABS or VDC or TCM by numerical value.
DOOR STAT-DR [LOCK/READY/ SEC
× Indicates condition of front side door LH status.
UNLK]
DOOR STAT-AS [LOCK/READY/
× Indicates condition of front side door RH status.
UNLK] L
ID OK FLAG [Set/Reset] Indicates condition of key ID.
PRMT ENG STRT [Set/Reset] Indicates condition of engine start possibility.
RKE-LOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
M

RKE-UNLOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key.

SHFTLCK SLNID PWR SPLY [On/
Indicates condition of shiftlock solenoid power supply. N
Off]

*1: It is displayed but does not operate on A/T models.

*2: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF. O
ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description P

OUTSIDE BUZZER This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation [On/Off].
INSIDE BUZZER This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation [Off/Take Out/Knob/Key]
INDICATOR This test is able to check combination meter warning lamp operation [Off/KEY ON/KEY IND].
INT LAMP This test is able to check interior room lamp operation [On/Off].

Revision: November 2016 SEC-27 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Test item Description
This test is able to check meter display information [B&P N/B&P I/ID NG/ROTAT/SFT P/INSRT/
LCD
BATT/NO KY/OUTKEY/LK WN].
FLASHER This test is able to check hazard warning lamp operation [RH/LH/Off].
ENGINE SW ILLUMI This test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation [On/Off].
This test is able to check push-ignition switch indicator operation when “ON” on CONSULT screen
PUSH SWITCH INDICATOR
is touched [On/Off].
BATTERY SAVER This test is able to check interior room lamp battery saver operation [On/Off].

WORK SUPPORT

Support Item Setting Description

BUZZER* Buzzer reminder function by door lock/unlock request switch ON.
ANS BACK I-KEY LOCK HORN Horn chirp reminder function by door lock request switch ON.
Off No reminder function by door lock/unlock request switch.
On* Buzzer reminder function ON.
ANS BACK I-KEY UNLOCK
Off Buzzer reminder function OFF.
On* Horn chirp reminder when doors are locked with Intelligent Key.
ANSWER BACK FUNCTION
Off No horn chirp reminder when doors are locked with Intelligent Key.
On Retractable mirror set ON.
RETRACTABLE MIRROR SET
Off* Retractable mirror set OFF.
On* Door lock/unlock function from Intelligent Key ON.
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
Off Door lock/unlock function from Intelligent Key OFF.
On* Key reminder function mode ON.
ANTI KEY LOCK IN KEY FUNCTI
Off Key reminder function mode OFF.
On* Engine start function from Intelligent Key ON.
ENGINE START BY I-KEY
Off Engine start function from Intelligent Key OFF.
Off Non-operation
Lock Only Door lock operation only.
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
Unlock Only Door unlock operation only.
Lock/Unlock Lock and unlock operation.
CONFIRM KEY FOB ID — Intelligent Key ID code can be checked.
70 msec
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT Start 100 msec Starter motor operation duration times.
200 msec
On* Low battery warning ON.
LO-BATT OF KEY FOB WARNING
Off Low battery warning OFF.
INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS — This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis.
MODE7 5 min
MODE6 4 min
MODE5 3 min
AUTO LOCK SET MODE4 2 min Auto door lock time can be set in this mode.
MODE3* 1 min
MODE2 30 sec
MODE1 Off
*: Initial Setting
THEFT ALM

Revision: November 2016 SEC-28 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT) INFOID:0000000014634376

A
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable B
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor Item [UNIT] Description C

REQ SW -DR [On/Off] Indicates condition of door request switch LH.
REQ SW -AS [On/Off] Indicates condition of door request switch RH.
PUSH SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of push-button ignition switch D
UNLK SEN -DR [On/Off] Indicates condition of driver door UNLOCK status.
DOOR SW-DR [On/Off] Indicates condition of front door switch LH.
E
DOOR SW-AS [On/Off] Indicates condition of front door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RR [On/Off] Indicates condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL [On/Off] Indicates condition of rear door switch LH. F
CDL LOCK SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
G
RKE-LOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-UNLOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key.

ACTIVE TEST H

Test Item Description

FLASHER This test is able to check turn signal lamp operation [LH/RH/Off]. I
THEFT IND This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation [On/Off].
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN This test is able to check horn operation [On]. J
HEAD LAMP(HI) This test is able to check head lamp (HI) operation [On].

WORK SUPPORT
SEC
Support Item Setting Description
On* Security alarm On.
SECURITY ALARM SET L
Off Security alarm Off.
The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded.
THEFT ALM TRG Start This mode is able to confirm and erase the record of vehicle security alarm.
The trigger data can be erased by touching “CLEAR” on CONSULT screen.
M

IMMU
N
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) INFOID:0000000014634377

DATA MONITOR
O
Monitor item [Unit] Description
CONFRM ID ALL [Yet/DONE]
P
CONFIRM ID4 [Yet/DONE]
Indicates Yet at all time.
CONFIRM ID3 [Yet/DONE] Switches to Done when a registered Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition
switch.
CONFIRM ID2 [Yet/DONE]
CONFIRM ID1 [Yet/DONE]
NOT REGISTERED [ID OK/ID Indicates [ID OK] when key ID that is registered is received or is not yet received. Indicates [ID NG]
NG] when key ID that is not registered is received.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-29 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor item [Unit] Description
TP 4 [Yet/DONE]
TP 3 [Yet/DONE]
Indicates the number of IDs that are registered.
TP 2 [Yet/DONE]
TP 1 [Yet/DONE]
PUSH SW [On/Off] Indicates [On/Off] condition of push-button ignition switch.

ACTIVE TEST

Test item Description

THEFT IND This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation [On/Off].

Revision: November 2016 SEC-30 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
A
CONSULT Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000014634378

APPLICATION ITEM B
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.

Diagnosis mode Description C

ECU Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data. D
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
E
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
F
DATA MONITOR

Monitor Item MAIN

[Unit] SIGNALS
Description G
AC COMP REQ Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
H
TAIL&CLR REQ Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN
×
[Off/On] communication.
HL LO REQ Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
× I
[Off/On] munication.
HL HI REQ Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
×
[Off/On] munication.
FR FOG REQ Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN
J
×
[Off/On] communication.
FR WIP REQ Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN com-
× SEC
[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi] munication.
WIP AUTO STOP
× Displays the status of the front wiper stop position signal judged by IPDM E/R.
[STOP P/ACT P]
WIP PROT L
× Displays the status of the front wiper fail-safe operation judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/BLOCK]
IGN RLY1 -REQ Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication. M
IGN RLY
× Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
PUSH SW N
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]
INTER/NP SW Displays the status of the ignition power supply (M/T models) or shift position (A/T
[Off/On] models) judged by IPDM E/R. O
ST RLY CONT Displays the status of the starter relay status signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication.
IHBT RLY -REQ Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN com- P
[Off/On] munication.
ST/INHI RLY
Displays the status of the starter relay and starter control relay judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/ ST ON/INHI ON/UNKWN]
DETENT SW
Displays the status of the A/T shift selector (detention switch) judged by IPDM E/R.
[Off/On]

Revision: November 2016 SEC-31 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item MAIN
Description
[Unit] SIGNALS
S/L RLY -REQ Displays the status of the steering lock relay signal received from BCM via CAN com-
[Off/On] munication.
S/L STATE
Displays the status of the steering lock judged by IPDM E/R.
[LOCK/UNLK/UNKWN]
DTRL REQ Displays the status of the daytime running light request signal received from BCM via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
OIL P SW
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
[Open/Close]
THFT HRN REQ Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via
[Off/On] CAN communication.
HORN CHIRP
Indicates horn reminder signal received from BCM on CAN communication line.
[Off/On]

ACTIVE TEST
Test item

Test item Description

HORN This test is able to check horn operation [On].
REAR DEFOGGER This test is able to check rear defogger operation [On/Off].
FRONT WIPER This test is able to check wiper motor operation [Hi/Lo/Off].
EXTERNAL LAMPS This test is able to check external lamp operation [Fog/Hi/Lo/Tail/Off].

Revision: November 2016 SEC-32 2017 D23

 ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000014260497
B

ECU Reference
C
EC-470, "YS23DDT : Reference Value"
EC-487, "YS23DDT : Fail-safe"
ECM (YS23DDT)
EC-492, "YS23DDT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart" D
EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index"
EC-497, "YS23DDTT : Reference Value"
E
EC-514, "YS23DDTT : Fail-safe"
ECM (YS23DDTT)
EC-520, "YS23DDTT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" F
EC-855, "Reference Value"
EC-866, "Fail safe"
ECM (YD25DDTi)
EC-867, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" G
EC-869, "DTC Index"
BCS-31, "Reference Value"
H
BCS-48, "Fail-safe"
BCM
BCS-49, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-50, "DTC Index" I
PCS-18, "Reference Value"
IPDM E/R PCS-24, "Fail-safe"
J
PCS-25, "DTC Index"

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-33 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE START FUNCTION
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014260498

ABKWA3412GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-34 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKWA3433GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-35 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKWA3413GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-36 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKWA3414GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-37 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8418GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-38 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8419GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-39 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8420GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-40 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8421GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-41 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8422GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-42 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8423GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-43 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8424GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-44 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8425GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-45 2017 D23

 ENGINE START FUNCTION
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8426GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-46 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014260499

SEC

P
ABKWA3436GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-47 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKWA3437GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-48 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKWA3438GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-49 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKWA3439GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-50 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8630GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-51 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8631GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-52 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8632GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-53 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8633GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-54 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8634GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-55 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8635GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-56 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8636GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-57 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8637GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-58 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8638GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-59 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014260500

ABKWA3418GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-60 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

AAKWA1223GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-61 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8439GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-62 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8440GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-63 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8441GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-64 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8442GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-65 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8443GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-66 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8444GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-67 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8619GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-68 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000014260501
B

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

SEC

ALAIA0158GB

DETAILED FLOW

Revision: November 2016 SEC-69 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected:
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
[Link] THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
[Link] THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to BCS-49, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included in Service Man-
ual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this
check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Revision: November 2016 SEC-70 2017 D23
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected? A
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
[Link] OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART B

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.

2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
C
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

D
>> GO TO 9.
[Link] CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the E
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected. F
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4. G
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-71 2017 D23

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Description INFOID:0000000014260502

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of ECM and BCM, but only
when the ECM is replaced with a new one*:
*: New one means a new ECM that has never been energized on-board.
(In this step, initialization procedure using CONSULT is not necessary)
NOTE:
• When the replaced ECM is not brand new, the specified procedure (Initialization of BCM and registra-
tion of Intelligent Keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014260503

[Link] ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION

1. Install ECM.
2. Contact backside of the registered Intelligent Key* to push-button ignition switch while brake pedal is
depressed, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing ECM replacement.
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check that the engine starts.

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Refer to EC-553, "Description" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-898, "Description"
(YD25DDTi engine models).

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-72 2017 D23

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING STEERING LOCK UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING STEERING LOCK UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000014260504

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of electronic steering column B
lock and BCM, but only when the electronic steering column lock is replaced with a new one*:
*: New one means a new electronic steering column lock that has never been energized on-board.
(In this step, initialization procedure using CONSULT is not necessary)
NOTE: C
• When the replaced electronic steering column lock is not brand new, the specified procedure (Initial-
ization of BCM and registration of Intelligent Keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work. D
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014260505

E
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION
1. Install electronic steering column lock.
2. Contact backside of registered Intelligent Key* to push-button ignition switch while brake pedal is F
depressed, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing electronic steering column lock replace-
ment. G
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check that the ignition switch is turned ON.
H

>> Inspection End.

I

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-73 2017 D23

 P1610 LOCK MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P1610 LOCK MODE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260506

ECM forcibly switches to the mode that inhibits engine start, when engine start operation is performed 5 times
or more while communication between ECM and BCM is not normal.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P1610 is displayed with other DTC (for BCM or ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other
DTC.

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1610 LOCK MODE When ECM detects a communication malfunction between
Threshold
ECM and BCM 5 times or more
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Engine start operation is performed five times or more under the following conditions:
• Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System malfunction
• Operation by unregistered key
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1610 is displayed with other DTC (for BCM or ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other
DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. BCM: Refer to BCS-50, "DTC Index". ECM: Refer to EC-494,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT engine models), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index"
(YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-869, "DTC Index" (YD25DDTi engine models).
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260507

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC P1610 is displayed with other DTC (for BCM or ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other
DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. BCM: Refer to BCS-50, "DTC Index". ECM: Refer to EC-494,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT engine models), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index"
(YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-869, "DTC Index" (YD25DDTi engine models).
Revision: November 2016 SEC-74 2017 D23
 P1610 LOCK MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ENGINE START FUNCTION A

1. Check that DTC except for DTC P1610 is not detected.

If detected, erase the DTC after fixing.
B
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Depress brake pedal and contact the registered Intelligent Key backside to push-button ignition switch,
then wait 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. C
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait 5 seconds.
6. Repeat steps 3 and 5 twice (a total of 3 times).
7. Check that engine can start.
D

>> Inspection End.

E

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-75 2017 D23

 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260508

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are not
Threshold
good
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260509

1. INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION

CONSULT
Register all Intelligent Keys again.
Can engine be started with the registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1611. Refer to SEC-76, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1611. Refer to SEC-76, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-76 2017 D23

 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] ECM A

Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine models) or EC-798,
"Removal and Installation" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models).
B

>> Inspection End

C

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-77 2017 D23

 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260510

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1612 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
Threshold Inactive communication between BCM and ECM
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• BCM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010(for BCM).
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000 (for BCM): Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010
(for BCM): Refer to BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-78, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260511

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010(for BCM).
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000 (for BCM): Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010
(for BCM): Refer to BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
Does the engine start?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-78 2017 D23

 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] ECM A
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine models) or EC-798,
"Removal and Installation" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models).
B
>> Inspection End.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-79 2017 D23

 P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260512

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and
Threshold
BCM
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or shorted.)
• Ignition key
• Combination meter
• NATS antenna amp.
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibits engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-80, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260513

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-47, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] NATS ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL

Check voltage signal between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.

(+)
Voltage
NATS antenna amp. (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

Brake pedal: Depressed

NOTE:
Intelligent Key: Intelligent Waveform varies each
M33 2,3 Ground time when brake pedal is
Key battery is removed
depressed

JMKIA6232JP

Brake pedal: Released Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: November 2016 SEC-80 2017 D23

 P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-195, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2. A
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector and BCM connector.
B
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM connector.

NATS antenna amp. BCM

Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 91
M33 M17 Yes
3 95 D
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp. E

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
2
M33 No F
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-81 2017 D23

 P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260514

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
P1615 The ID verification results between combination meter (BCM)
(Difference of key) Threshold
and ignition key are not good
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Ignition key
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE
Fuel cut
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-82, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260515

[Link] INITIALIZATION
CONSULT
Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IGNITION KEY
CONSULT
1. Replace ignition key.
2. Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-82 2017 D23

 P1616 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1616 ECM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260516

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1616 NATS MALFUNCTION Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and D
Threshold
ECM
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
CONSULT G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Refer to SEC-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260517

[Link] START J
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”. SEC
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1616. Refer to SEC-83, "DTC Description".
Is DTC P1616 displayed again? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] ECM M
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine models) or EC-798, "Removal and
Installation" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models). N
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC-898, "Description" (YD25DDTi engine models) or EC-553, "Description" (YS23DDT or
YS23DDTT engine models). O

>> Inspection End.

P

Revision: November 2016 SEC-83 2017 D23

 B2013 STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2013 STEERING LOCK UNIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260518

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
ID DISCORD BCM-S/L Signal (terminal) —
(Identification discord body
B2013 The ID verification results between BCM and electronic steer-
control module - electronic Threshold
steering column lock) ing column lock are not good
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electronic steering column lock
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Lock the steering.
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position.

To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
3. Press the push-button ignition switch.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-84, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260519

1. INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION

CONSULT
Register all Intelligent Keys again.
Can engine be started with the registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-84 2017 D23

 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260520

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
CHAIN OF S/L-BCM Signal (terminal) —
(Chain of electronic steering
B2014 Inactive communication between electronic steering column D
Column lock - body control Threshold
module) lock and BCM
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Electric steering column lock circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electronic steering column lock F
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

CONSULT
1. Lock steering. I
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position.

To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed. SEC
3. Press the push-button ignition switch.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Refer to SEC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260521

N
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

O
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electronic steering column lock connector. P
3. Check voltage between electronic steering column lock harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-85 2017 D23

 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Voltage
Electronic steering column lock (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
OFF or ACC Battery voltage
M2 7 Ground Ignition switch
ON 0 – 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between electronic steering column lock harness connector and BCM harness connec-
tor.

Electronic steering column lock BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M2 7 M18 25 Yes
3. Check continuity between electronic steering column lock harness connector and ground.

Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M2 7 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between electronic steering column lock and ground.

Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
5
M2 Yes
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
1. Connect electronic steering column lock connector and BCM connector.
2. Check voltage signal between electronic steering column lock harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-86 2017 D23

 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Electronic steering column Voltage
(–) Condition
lock (Approx.)
Connector Terminal B
Battery voltage (For a few seconds
after lock operation)
LOCK condition
↓ C
0-2V

During lock or unlock opera- D

Electronic tion
M2 2 Ground steering col- NOTE:
umn lock Waveform varies according
to operations (lock or unlock) E

JMKIA6234JP

Unlock condition F
Battery voltage
(Ignition switch ACC)
Unlock condition
0–1V
(Ignition switch ON)
G
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. H

To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering I
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. J
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electronic steering column lock and BCM connector. SEC
2. Check continuity between electronic steering column lock harness connector and BCM harness connec-
tor.
L
Electronic steering column lock BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M2 2 M18 24 Yes M
3. Check continuity between electronic steering column lock harness connector and ground.

Electronic steering column lock N

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M2 2 No
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. P
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
1. Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2014. Refer to SEC-85, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-87 2017 D23

 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-88 2017 D23

 B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260522

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
S/L RELAY ON CIRC IPDM E/R detects that steering lock relay is stuck in the ON D
B2108
(Steering lock relay on circuit) Threshold position for about 1 second even if IPDM E/R receives steer-
ing lock relay ON/OFF signal (CAN) from BCM
Diagnosis delay time — E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
G
–
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY H

If DTC B2108 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
J
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT SEC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-89, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260523

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

O

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2108 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or P
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Revision: November 2016 SEC-89 2017 D23
 B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT
Check DTC.
What is the display history of DTC “B2108”?
“CRNT”>> GO TO 3.
“PAST” >> GO TO 4.
[Link] STEERING LOCK RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
1. Disconnect the IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E121 36 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection normal?
Approx. 12 V>>Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
Approx. 0 V>>Check the harness of the steering lock relay circuit (coil side) for a short to ground.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-90 2017 D23

 B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260524

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
• When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B2109 may be
detected. C

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
S/L RELAY OFF CIRC IPDM E/R detects that steering lock relay is stuck in the OFF
B2109 E
(Steering lock relay off circuit) Threshold position for about 1 second even if IPDM E/R receives steer-
ing lock relay ON/OFF signal (CAN) from BCM
Diagnosis delay time 1 second
F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) G
• Harness or connector
(Power supply circuit for steering lock relay is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
H
• Battery
• Fuse
FAIL-SAFE I
–
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY J

If DTC B2109 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
SEC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Refer to SEC-91, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260525

[Link] DTC PRIORITY P

If DTC B2109 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-91 2017 D23

 B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Refer to PCS-39, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
[Link] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Measure the battery voltage.
Which is the measurement result?
More than 12.4 V>>GO TO 4.
Less than 12.4 V>>Perform battery inspection. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-92 2017 D23

 B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260526

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
S/L STATE SW
B210A IPDM E/R detects the difference between steering condition D
(Steering lock state switch) Threshold
switches 1 and 2 signals for 1 second
Diagnosis delay time 1 second
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
(Power supply circuit for steering lock relay is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R F
• Electronic steering column lock
FAIL-SAFE G
–
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Refer to SEC-93, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260527

L
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT M

CONSULT
Check DTC. N
What is the display history of DTC “B210A”?
“CRNT”>> GO TO 2.
“PAST” >> GO TO 4. O
[Link] STEERING CONDITION SWITCH CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. P
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-93 2017 D23

 B210A STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
63
E130 Ground Battery voltage
65
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK CONDITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electronic steering column lock connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and electronic steering column harness connec-
tor.

IPDM E/R Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
63 8
E130 M2 Yes
65 3
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
63
E130 No
65
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis procedure for DTC B2609 of BCM. Refer SEC-142, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident"

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-94 2017 D23

 B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260528

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/R detects that D
starter control relay is stuck in the ON position for 1 second or
STR CONT RLY ON CIRC more:
B210B (Starter control relay on cir- • Starter control relay signal (CAN) from BCM
cuit) Threshold E
• Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM
• Starter control relay and starter relay status signal (IPDM E/
R input)
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R output) F
Diagnosis delay time 1 second

POSSIBLE CAUSE
IPDM E/R G

FAIL-SAFE
— H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY I
If DTC B210B is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected? J
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. SEC
2. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected? M
YES >> Refer to SEC-95, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260529

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT O

CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
P
What is the display history of DTC “B210B”?
“CRNT”>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation"
“PAST” >> GO TO 2.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-95 2017 D23

 B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-96 2017 D23

 B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260530

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B210C may be
detected. C

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/R detects that E
starter control relay is stuck in the OFF position for 1 second
STR CONT RLY OFF CIRC or more:
B210C (Starter control relay off cir- • Starter control relay signal (CAN) from BCM
cuit) Threshold
• Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM F
• Starter control relay and starter relay status signal (IPDM E/
R input)
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R output)
G
Diagnosis delay time 1 second

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• IPDM E/R H
• BCM
• Battery
FAIL-SAFE I
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B210C is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. SEC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
M
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-97, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260531
P

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

CONSULT
Revision: November 2016 SEC-97 2017 D23
 B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
What is the display history of DTC “B210C”?
“CRNT”>> GO TO 3.
“PAST” >> GO TO 2.
[Link] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Measure the battery voltage.
Which is the measurement result?
More than 12.4 V>>GO TO 5
Less than 12.4 V>>Perform battery inspection. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch ON
2. Selector lever is in P position.
3. Measure the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
AT models
(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (-) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E119 4 Ground Shift position P or N Battery voltage

M/T models
(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (-) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E119 4 Ground Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Which is the measurement result?
Approx. 12 V>>Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
Approx. 0 V>>GO TO 4.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 4 M18 27 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-98 2017 D23

 B210D STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210D STARTER RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260532

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/R detects that D
starter relay is stuck in the ON position for 5 seconds or more.
STARTER RLY ON CIRC • Starter control relay signal (CAN) from BCM
B210D
(Starter relay on circuit) Threshold • Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM
E
• Starter control relay and starter relay status signal (IPDM E/
R input)
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R output)
Diagnosis delay time 5 seconds F

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
G
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
H
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B210D is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or J
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to SEC
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1 L
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 5 seconds or
more: M
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-99, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. O

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260533

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

CONSULT

Revision: November 2016 SEC-99 2017 D23

 B210D STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
What is the display history of DTC “B210D”?
“CRNT”>> GO TO 2.
“PAST” >> GO TO 4.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch ON
2. Selector lever is in P position.
3. Measure the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (-) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E122 44 Ground Other than at engine cranking Battery voltage
Which is the measurement result?
Approx. 12 V>>Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
Approx. 0 V>>GO TO 3.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E122 44 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure for DTC B2608 of BCM. Refer to SEC-140, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-100 2017 D23

 B210E STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210E STARTER RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260534

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the DTC B210E may be
detected. C

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
When comparing the following items, IPDM E/R detects that E
starter relay is stuck in the OFF position for 5 seconds or
STARTER RLY OFF CIRC more:
B210E • Starter relay control signal (CAN) from BCM
(Starter relay off circuit) Threshold
• Starter relay status signal (CAN) from BCM F
• Starter control relay and starter relay status signal (IPDM E/
R input)
• Starter control relay control signal (IPDM E/R output)
G
Diagnosis delay time 5 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors H
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connector
(Starter relay control signal circuit is open or shorted.)
I
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
• Battery
J
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE SEC
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B210E is displayed with DTC U1000, U1010 or B2605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC L
U1000, U1010 or B2605.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to M
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B2605: Refer to SEC-137, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 5 seconds or
more: O
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
P
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-102, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-101 2017 D23

 B210E STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260535

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
What is the display history of DTC “B210E”?
“CRNT”>> GO TO 3.
“PAST” >> GO TO 2.
[Link] BATTERY VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Measure the battery voltage.
Which is the measurement result?
More than 12.4 V>>GO TO 5
Less than 12.4 V>>Perform battery inspection. Refer to PG-140, "How to Handle Battery".
[Link] STARTER RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (-) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E122 44 Ground Other than with engine cranking Battery voltage
Which is the measurement result?
Approx. 12 V>>GO TO 4.
Approx. 0 V>>Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] STARTER RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

BCM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M18 27 E122 44 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-102 2017 D23

 B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260536

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
INTRLCK/PNP SW ON
IPDM E/R detects a difference between the following signals: D
B210F (Interlock/park neutral posi-
tion switch on) Threshold • P/N position signal from TCM
• P/N position signal (CAN) from BCM
Diagnosis delay time 1 second E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Harness or connectors
(P/N position signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• BCM G
• IPDM E/R
• A/T assembly (TCM)
FAIL-SAFE H
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B210F is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
CONSULT
1. Shift selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Shift selector lever to the N position and wait 1 second or more. M
4. Shift selector lever to any position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Refer to SEC-103, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260537

P
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-103 2017 D23

 B210F SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
A/T models
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
M18 27 Ground Selector lever
Except P or N position 0 - 1.5 V

M/T models
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

Ignition switch Control lever NEUTRAL position Battery voltage

M18 27 Ground
ON Control lever except NEUTRAL position 0 - 1.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 4 M18 27 Yes
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E119 4 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-104 2017 D23

 B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260538

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
INTRLCK/PNP SW OFF
IPDM E/R detects a difference between the following signals: D
B2110 (Interlock/park neutral posi-
tion switch off) Threshold • P/N position signal from TCM
• P/N position signal (CAN) from BCM
Diagnosis delay time 1 second E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Harness or connectors
(P/N position signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/T assembly (TCM) G
• BCM
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE H
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2110 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
CONSULT
1. Shift selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Shift selector lever to the N position and wait 1 second or more. M
4. Shift selector lever to the position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Refer to SEC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260539

P
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-105 2017 D23

 B2110 SHIFT POSITION/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
A/T models
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
M18 27 Ground Selector lever
Except P or N position 0 - 1.5 V

M/T models
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

Ignition switch Control lever NEUTRAL position Battery voltage

M18 27 Ground
ON Control lever except NEUTRAL position 0 - 1.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 4 M18 27 Yes
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E119 4 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-106 2017 D23

 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260540

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
ID DISCORD BCM-ECM Signal (terminal) —
(Identification discord body
B2192 The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are not D
control module - engine con- Threshold
trol module) good
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

CONSULT H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Refer to SEC-107, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260541

1. INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION SEC

CONSULT
Register all Intelligent Keys again.
L
Can engine be started with the registered Intelligent Key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
[Link] SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. N
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2192. Refer to SEC-107, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM P
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2192. Refer to SEC-107, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-107 2017 D23

 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine models) or EC-798,
"Removal and Installation" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models).

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-108 2017 D23

 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260542

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
CHAIN OF BCM-ECM Signal (terminal) —
B2193 (Chain of body control mod-
Threshold Inactive communication between BCM and ECM D
ule - engine control module)
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ECM
F
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY H
If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected? I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. J
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. SEC
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-109, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260543

[Link] DTC PRIORITY N

If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected? O
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
Does the engine start?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-109 2017 D23

 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine models) or EC-798,
"Removal and Installation" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models).

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-110 2017 D23

 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260544

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
ANTI-SCANNING
B2195 ID verification between BCM and ECM that is out of the spec- D
(Anti-scanning) Threshold
ified specification is detected
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ID verification request out of the specified specification
FAIL-SAFE F
Inhibits engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-111, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260545
J

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 1

SEC
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195. Refer to SEC-111, "DTC Description". L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End. M

[Link] EQUIPMENT OF THE VEHICLE

Check that unspecified accessory part related to engine start is not installed. N
Is unspecified accessory part related to engine start installed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. O
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 2
CONSULT P
1. Obtain the customers approval to remove unspecified accessory part related to engine start, and then
remove it.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195. Refer to SEC-111, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-111 2017 D23

 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-112 2017 D23

 B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260546

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
NATS ANTENNA AMP
Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and D
B2198 (Nissan Anti-Theft System
antenna amplifier) Threshold BCM is detected when BCM enters in the low power con-
sumption mode (BCM sleep condition)
Diagnosis delay time — E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or shorted.) F
• NATS antenna amp.
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
I
1. Make the conditions that BCM enters the low power consumption mode (BCM sleep condition).
Refer to BCS-15, "POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-113, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". SEC
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260547
L

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-47, "Wiring Diagram".

M

[Link] NATS ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL

N
Check voltage signal between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground using an oscilloscope.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-113 2017 D23

 B2198 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Voltage
NATS antenna amp. (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

Brake pedal: Depressed

NOTE:
Intelligent Key: Intelligent Waveform varies each
M33 2,3 Ground time when brake pedal is
Key battery is removed
depressed

JMKIA6232JP

Brake pedal: Released Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-195, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector and BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and BCM connector.

NATS antenna amp. BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 91
M33 M17 Yes
3 95
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
2
M33 No
3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-114 2017 D23

 B2555 STOP LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2555 STOP LAMP
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260548

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
STOP LAMP BCM makes a comparison between the upper voltage and D
B2555
(Stop lamp) Threshold lower voltage of stop lamp switch. It judges from their values
to detect the malfunctioning circuit
Diagnosis delay time — E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) F
• Stop lamp switch
• Fuse
• BCM G
FAIL-SAFE
—
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
CONSULT
1. Depress brake pedal and wait 1 second or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? J
YES >> Refer to SEC-115, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. SEC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260549

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

M
[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
N
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

(+) O
Voltage (V)
Stop lamp switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P
E56 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse.
[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Revision: November 2016 SEC-115 2017 D23
 B2555 STOP LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Connect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage (V)
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Depressed Battery voltage
M17 79 Ground Brake pedal
Not depressed 0V
Is the inspecting result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys using CONSULT.

>> Inspection End.

[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Stop lamp switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E56 2 M17 79 Yes
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E56 2 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to SEC-116, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000014260550

[Link] STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-116 2017 D23

 B2555 STOP LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Stop lamp switch A

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Not depressed No
1 2 Brake pedal B
Depressed Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. C
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-117 2017 D23

 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260552

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
PUSH-BTN IGN SW
B2556 BCM detects the push-button ignition switch stuck at ON for
(Push-button ignition switch) Threshold
100 seconds or more
Diagnosis delay time 100 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Push-button ignition switch circuit is shorted.)
• Push-button ignition switch
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following condition:
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Release push-button ignition switch and wait 100 seconds or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260553

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
3. Check voltage between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Push-button ignition switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M16 8 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-118 2017 D23

 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.
A
Push-button ignition switch BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M16 8 M18 30 Yes B
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

Push-button ignition switch C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M16 8 No
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. E
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
F

>> Inspection End.

[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT G
Check continuity between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.

Push-button ignition switch H

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M16 4 Yes
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. J
[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-119, "Component Inspection".
SEC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-96, "Removal and Installation".
L
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
M
>> Inspection End
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014260554
N
[Link] PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch terminals.

Push-button ignition switch

P
Condition Continuity
Terminal

Push-button ignition Pressed Yes

4 8
switch Not pressed No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-119 2017 D23

 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-96, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-120 2017 D23

 B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260555

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM detects one of the following conditions for 10 seconds D
continuously:
• Vehicle speed signal from “combination meter” is 10 km/h
VEHICLE SPEED (6.2 MPH) or more and vehicle speed signal from “ABS ac-
B2557 E
(Vehicle speed) tuator and electric unit (control unit)” is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or
Threshold
less
• Vehicle speed signal from “combination meter” is 4 km/h
(2.5 MPH) or less and vehicle speed signal from “ABS actu- F
ator and electric unit (control unit)” is 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or
more
Diagnosis delay time 10 seconds
G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) H
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE I
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2557 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. SEC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
M
CONSULT
1. Start engine and wait 10 seconds or more.
2. Drive the vehicle at a vehicle speed of 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) or more for 10 seconds or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260556
P
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2557 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
Revision: November 2016 SEC-121 2017 D23
 B2557 VEHICLE SPEED
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC OF “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-161, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC OF “COMBINATION METER”
CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to MWI-39, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-122 2017 D23

 B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260557

Starter control relay, integrated in IPDM E/R, permits the starter relay operation when in the N or P position B
and the steering is locked or unlocked. It is installed in parallel with the starter relay.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON. D
Signal (terminal) —
STARTER CONT RELAY BCM detects a discrepancy between the OFF request of start-
B2560
(Starter control relay) Threshold er control relay to IPDM E/R and the feedback. (The feedback E
is ON instead of OFF.)
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE F
IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY H

If DTC B2560 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". J
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT SEC
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait for at least 2 seconds:
- Selector lever is in the P or N position
- Do not depress brake pedal L
2. Check “Self diagnostic result”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-123, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260558 N

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2560 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or O
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
P
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC WITH IPDM E/R
CONSULT
Check “Self Diagnostic Result”. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-123 2017 D23

 B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-124 2017 D23

 B2601 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2601 SHIFT POSITION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260559

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
SHIFT POSITION When there is a difference between P position signal from A/ D
B2601
(Shift position) Threshold T shift selector (park position switch) and P position signal
from IPDM E/R (CAN)
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Harness or connectors
[A/T shift selector (park position switch) circuit is open or shorted.]
• BCM G
• IPDM E/R
• A/T shift selector (park position switch)
FAIL-SAFE H
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2601 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to any position other than P and wait 2 seconds or more. M
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260560

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram". P

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2601 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?

Revision: November 2016 SEC-125 2017 D23

 B2601 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (BCM)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (park position switch) connector, BCM connector, and IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and BCM harness
connector.

A/T shift selector BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 14 M17 107 Yes
4. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and ground.

A/T shift selector

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M110 14 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT (IPDM E/R)
Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and IPDM E/R harness
connector.

A/T shift selector IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 14 E130 64 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2601. Refer to SEC-125, "DTC Description".
Is DTC B2601 detected again?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-126 2017 D23

 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2602 SHIFT POSITION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260561

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds: D
SHIFT POSITION
B2602 • Selector lever is in the P position
(Shift position) Threshold
• Vehicle speed is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more
• Ignition switch is in the ON position
E
Diagnosis delay time 10 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors F
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
[A/T shift selector (park position switch) circuit is open or shorted.] G
• BCM
• A/T shift selector (park position switch)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Combination meter H

FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY J
If DTC B2602 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected? SEC
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start engine. M
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more for 10 seconds or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Refer to SEC-127, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260562

P
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2602 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-127 2017 D23

 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to BRC-30, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC OF COMBINATION METER
CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “METER/M&A”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to MWI-39, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (park position switch) connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
A/T shift selector (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M110 13 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and BCM harness
connector.

A/T shift selector BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 13 M18 34 Yes
4. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and ground.

A/T shift selector

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M110 13 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-128 2017 D23
 B2602 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and BCM harness
B
connector.

A/T shift selector BCM

Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 14 M17 107 Yes
4. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and ground. D

A/T shift selector

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground E
M110 14 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. F
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (PARK POSITION SWITCH) G
Refer to SEC-129, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. H
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-296, "Exploded View".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
I
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End. J

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014260563

[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (PARK POSITION SWITCH) SEC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (park position switch) connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) terminals. L

A/T shift selector

Condition Continuity
Terminal M
Selector button: Released No
Selector lever: P position
13 14 Selector button: Pressed
Yes N
Selector lever: Other than P position
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. O
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-296, "Exploded View".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-129 2017 D23

 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2603 SHIFT POSITION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260564

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM detects the following status when ignition switch is in the
SHIFT POSI STATUS ON position:
B2603 • Interlock/PNP signal (CAN) receivers from IPDM E/R
(Shift position status) Threshold
• A/T shift selector (park position switch) signal: approx. 0 V
(P position)
• P/N position signal: approx. 0 V (Other than P/N position)
Diagnosis delay time 1 second

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• A/T shift selector (park position switch)
• BCM
• IPDM E/R
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2603 is displayed with DTC B2601, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2601.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to SEC-125, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to the position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-130, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260565

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-130 2017 D23
 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] DTC PRIORITY A

If DTC B2603 is displayed with DTC B2601, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B2601.
Is applicable DTC detected? B
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to SEC-125, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] START C
Perform inspection in accordance with procedure that confirms DTC.
Which procedure confirms DTC?
D
DTC confirmation procedure 1>>GO TO 3.
DTC confirmation procedure 2>>GO TO 7.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
F
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal G
P or N position Battery voltage
M18 27 Ground Selector lever Except P and N po-
sition
0 - 1.5 V H

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 12. I
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.
SEC
IPDM E/R BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 4 M18 27 Yes L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. M
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect A/T assembly connector. N
2. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

A/T assembly IPDM E/R

Continuity O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F9 9 E119 4 Yes
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] JOINT CONNECTOR
1. Remove joint connector. Refer to TM-302, "Exploded View".
2. Check continuity between joint connector terminals.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-131 2017 D23

 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

A/T assembly harness connector side TCM harness connector side

Continuity
Terminal Terminal
9 9 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-302, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace joint connector. Refer to TM-302, "Exploded View".
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (park position switch) connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
A/T shift selector (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M110 13 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and BCM harness
connector.

A/T shift selector BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 13 M18 34 Yes
4. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and ground.

A/T shift selector

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M110 13 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and BCM harness
connector

A/T shift selector BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 14 M17 107 Yes
4. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-132 2017 D23

 B2603 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

A/T shift selector A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M110 14 No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (PARK POSITION SWITCH)
Refer to SEC-133, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-296, "Exploded View".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

F
>> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM
G
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End. H

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014260566

[Link] A/T SHIFT SELECTOR (PARK POSITION SWITCH) I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T shift selector (park position switch) connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T shift selector (park position switch) terminals. J

A/T shift selector

Condition Continuity
Terminal SEC
Selector button: Released No
Selector lever: P position
13 14 Selector button: Pressed
Yes L
Selector lever: Other than P position
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. M
NO >> Replace A/T shift selector. Refer to TM-296, "Exploded View".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-133 2017 D23

 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2604 SHIFT POSITION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260567

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
The following states are detected for 5 seconds while ignition
PNP/CLUTCH SW switch is ON:
B2604 (Park neutral position/ clutch • P/N position signal is sent from TCM but shift position signal
switch) Threshold
input (CAN) from TCM is other than P and N
• P/N position signal is not sent from TCM but shift position
signal (CAN) input from TCM is P or N
Diagnosis delay time 5 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(P/N position signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• BCM
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2604 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 5 seconds or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to the N position and wait 5 seconds or more.
4. Shift the selector lever to any position other than P and N, and wait 5 seconds or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-134, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260568

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

Revision: November 2016 SEC-134 2017 D23
 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
If DTC B2604 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. A
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC OF TCM
C
CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TCM”.
Is DTC detected?
D
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to TM-180, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
F
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal G
P or N position Battery voltage
M18 27 Ground Selector lever Except P and N po-
0 - 1.5 V H
sition
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
I
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector, BCM connector and A/T assembly connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and BCM harness connector.
SEC
A/T assembly BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F9 9 M18 27 Yes L
4. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ground.

A/T assembly M
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F9 9 No
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. O
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2
1. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
P
A/T assembly IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F9 9 E119 4 Yes
2. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-135 2017 D23

 B2604 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

A/T assembly
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F9 9 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] JOINT CONNECTOR
1. Remove joint connector.
2. Check continuity between joint connector terminals.

A/T assembly harness connector side TCM harness connector side

Continuity
Terminal Terminal
9 9 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-302, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace joint connector. Refer to TM-302, "Exploded View".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-136 2017 D23

 B2605 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2605 SHIFT POSITION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260569

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
PNP/CLUTCH SW
When ignition switch is ON, P/N position signal input from D
B2605 (Park neutral position/clutch
switch) Threshold TCM and P/N position signal (CAN) input from IPDM E/R do
not match
Diagnosis delay time 1 second E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Harness or connectors
(P/N position signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• BCM G
• IPDM E/R
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE H
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2605 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second or more.
3. Shift the selector lever to the N position and wait 1 second or more. M
4. Shift the selector lever to any position other than P and N, and wait 1 second or more.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Refer to SEC-137, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260570

P
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2605 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-137 2017 D23

 B2605 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC OF TCM
CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “TCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to TM-180, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
M18 27 Ground Selector lever Except P or N posi-
0 - 1.5 V
tion
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E119 4 M18 27 Yes
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E119 4 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] P/N POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT 2
1. Disconnect A/T assembly connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

A/T assembly IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F9 9 E119 4 Yes
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-138 2017 D23

 B2605 SHIFT POSITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

A/T assembly A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
F9 9 No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-139 2017 D23

 B2608 STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2608 STARTER RELAY
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260571

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
STARTER RELAY
B2608 BCM outputs starter relay OFF signal but BCM receives start-
(Starter relay) Threshold
er relay ON signal from IPDM E/R (CAN).
Diagnosis delay time 1 second

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2608 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1010 or B210D, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1010 or B210D.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B210D: Refer to SEC-99, "DTC Description"
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 1 second or
more:
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-140, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260572

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2608 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1010, or B210D first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1010 or B210D.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B210D: Refer to SEC-99, "DTC Description"
Revision: November 2016 SEC-140 2017 D23
 B2608 STARTER RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R A

CONSULT
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”. B
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3. C
[Link] BCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground. D
A/T models
(+)
Voltage E
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
When select lever is in P or N F
Battery voltage
position
M18 27 Ground Ignition switch ON
When select lever is not in P or
0 - 0.5 V
N position
G
M/T models
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
H
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
M18 27 Ground I
Ignition switch OFF 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. SEC
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.
L
IPDM E/R BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E122 44 M18 27 Yes M
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R N
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E122 44 No
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. P
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-141 2017 D23

 B2609 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2609 STEERING STATUS
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260573

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM detects one of the following status:
S/L STATUS • Combination of steering lock state switch and steering un-
B2609 (Electronic steering column lock state switch is not normal
lock status) Threshold
• Combination of steering lock state switch and steering un-
lock state switch is different from steering lock/unlock state
that BCM recognizes
Diagnosis delay time 1 second

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Electronic steering column lock circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electronic steering column lock
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
• Inhibit engine cranking
• Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2609 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more:
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch and wait 1 second or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-143, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
Revision: November 2016 SEC-142 2017 D23
 B2609 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260574

B
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] DTC PRIORITY C

If DTC B2609 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
D
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. E

[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
G
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
LOCK status 0 – 0.5 V H
37
Electronic steering UNLOCK status Battery voltage
M18 Ground
column lock LOCK status Battery voltage
38 I
UNLOCK status 0 – 0.5 V
NOTE:
J
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
SEC
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] BCM M
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End. N

[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect BCM connector and electronic steering column lock connector. O
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and electronic steering column lock harness connec-
tor.
P
BCM Electronic steering column lock
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
37 3
M18 M2 Yes
38 8
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-143 2017 D23

 B2609 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
37
M18 No
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-144 2017 D23

 B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260575

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.

STEERING LOCK UNIT Signal (terminal) —

B260B (Electronic steering column BCM detects malfunctioning of electronic steering column lock D
lock) Threshold
before steering unlocking
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electronic steering column lock
FAIL-SAFE F
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions: H
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2. J
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. SEC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to unlock steering: L
- Selector lever: In the P position.
- Brake pedal: Not depressed.
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260576

O
[Link] START
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. P
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260B. Refer to SEC-145, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-145 2017 D23

 B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK

Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-146 2017 D23

 B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260577

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.

STEERING LOCK UNIT Signal (terminal) —

B260C (Electronic steering column BCM detects malfunctioning of electronic steering column lock D
lock) Threshold
before steering locking
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electronic steering column lock
FAIL-SAFE F
–
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-147, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260578

SEC
[Link] START
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260C. Refer to SEC-147, "DTC Description". M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End. N
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".
O

>> Inspection End.

P

Revision: November 2016 SEC-147 2017 D23

 B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260579

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.

STEERING LOCK UNIT Signal (terminal) —

B260D (Electronic steering column BCM detects malfunctioning of electronic steering column lock
lock) Threshold
after steering locking
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electronic steering column lock
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260580

[Link] START
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260D. Refer to SEC-148, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-148 2017 D23

 B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B260F ENGINE STATUS
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260581

BCM receives the engine status signal from ECM via CAN communication. B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms C

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) — D
ENG STATE SIG LOST
B260F BCM has not yet received the engine status signal from ECM
(Engine state signal lost) Threshold
when ignition switch is in the ON position
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors F
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY H

If DTC B260F is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". J
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
SEC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Refer to SEC-149, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260582

[Link] DTC PRIORITY N

If DTC B260F is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] START
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B260F. Refer to SEC-149, "DTC Description".
Revision: November 2016 SEC-149 2017 D23
 B260F ENGINE STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-798, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine models) or EC-1094,
"Removal and Installation" (M9T engine models).

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-150 2017 D23

 B2612 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2612 STEERING STATUS
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260583

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
S/L STATUS
The following 2 state signals are different: D
B2612 (Electronic steering column
lock status) Threshold • Steering lock state recognition of BCM
• Steering lock state signal (CAN) from IPDM E/R
Diagnosis delay time 1 second E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Harness or connectors
(Electronic steering column lock circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electronic steering column lock G
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE H
• Inhibit engine cranking
• Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2609 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or J
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to SEC
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1 L
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more:
- Selector lever: In the P position M
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Refer to SEC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 2 O

CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering and wait 1 second or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-151 2017 D23

 B2612 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260584

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B2609 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
UNLOCK status Battery voltage
65
Electronic steering LOCK status 0–1V
E130 Ground
column lock UNLOCK status 0–1V
63
LOCK status Battery voltage
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position.

To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and electronic steering column lock connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and electronic steering column lock harness con-
nector.

IPDM E/R Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
65 3
E130 M2 Yes
63 8
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
65
E130 No
63
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: November 2016 SEC-152 2017 D23

 B2612 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. A
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
B
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (–) Condition
Voltage C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
LOCK status 0 – 0.5 V D
37
Electronic steering UNLOCK status Battery voltage
M18 Ground
column lock LOCK status Battery voltage
38
UNLOCK status 0 – 0.5 V E

NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position. F

To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position. G
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. H
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
1. Disconnect BCM connector and electronic steering column lock connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and electronic steering column lock harness connec-
tor.
J
BCM Electronic steering column lock
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
SEC
37 3
M18 M2 Yes
38 8
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground. L

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal M
Ground
37
M18 No
38
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
O
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".
P
>> Inspection End.
[Link] IPDM E/R
1. Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2612. Refer to SEC-151, "DTC Description".
Is DTC B2612 detected again?

Revision: November 2016 SEC-153 2017 D23

 B2612 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-154 2017 D23

 B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260585

Located in IPDM E/R, the starter relay runs the starter motor. The starter relay is turned ON by the BCM when B
the ignition switch is in the START position.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON. D
Signal (terminal) —
BCM
B2617 An immediate operation of starter relay is requested by BCM,
(Body control module) Threshold
but there is no response for more than 1 second E
Diagnosis delay time 1 second

POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors
(Starter relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
G
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2617 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1010 or B261E, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC I
U1000, U1010 or B210E.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to J
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B210E: Refer to SEC-101, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE SEC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions and wait for at least 1 second:
- Selector lever is in the P or N position L
- Do not depress brake pedal
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result”.
Is DTC detected? M
YES >> Refer to SEC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260586

O
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

P
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B2617 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1010 or B210E, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1010 or B210E.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B210E: Refer to SEC-101, "DTC Description".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-155 2017 D23

 B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] BCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
A/T models
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
When select lever is in P or N
Battery voltage
position
M18 27 Ground Ignition switch ON
When select lever is not in P or
0 - 0.5 V
N position

M/T models
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
M18 27 Ground
Ignition switch OFF 0 - 0.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.

IPDM E/R BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E122 44 M18 27 Yes
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E122 44 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-156 2017 D23

 B2619 BCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2619 BCM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260587

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM There is a difference between power supply output to elec- D
B2619
(Body control module) Threshold tronic steering column lock and electronic steering column
lock feedback result
Diagnosis delay time — E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
BCM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT H
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions and wait 1 second or more:
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
I
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260588 SEC

[Link] START
CONSULT L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. M
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2619. Refer to SEC-157, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation". O

>> Inspection End.

P

Revision: November 2016 SEC-157 2017 D23

 B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260589

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
ASCD CNCL/CLTCH SW
B261F (Auto speed control device BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds 3 times:
cancel/clutch switch) Threshold • Clutch pedal position switch input: Battery voltage
• Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more
Diagnosis delay time 10 seconds 3 times

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Clutch pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Clutch pedal position switch
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more for 10 seconds.
3. Decrease the vehicle speed to below 40 km/h (24.8 MPH).
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of 3 times).
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260590

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL

1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
OFF (Clutch pedal
0 – 1.5 V
Clutch pedal posi- is depressed)
M17 107 Ground
tion switch ON (Clutch pedal is
Battery voltage
not depressed)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
Revision: November 2016 SEC-158 2017 D23
 B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] BCM A

Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

B
>> Inspection End.
[Link] FUSE
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown:

Signal name Fuse No. D

Ignition power supply 29 (5A)
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY F
1. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch connector.
2. Check voltage between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
G
(+)
Voltage
Clutch pedal position switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal H
E43 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check harness for open or short between clutch pedal position switch and fuse.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM connector and clutch pedal position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and BCM harness connector. SEC

Clutch pedal position switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E43 2 M17 107 Yes
4. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
M
Clutch pedal position switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
N
E43 2 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. O
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-160, "Component Inspection". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-159 2017 D23

 B261F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

>> Inspection End.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014260591

[Link] CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals.

Clutch pedal position switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Not depressed Yes
1 2 Clutch pedal
Depressed No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View" .

Revision: November 2016 SEC-160 2017 D23

 B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260592

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
NEUTRAL SW BCM detects the following status for 10 seconds 3 times: D
B2620
(Neutral switch) Threshold • Park/neutral position switch input: Battery voltage
• Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more
Diagnosis delay time 10 seconds 3 times E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Park/neutral position switch circuit is open or shorted.) F
• Park/neutral position switch
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE G
• Inhibit engine cranking
• Inhibit steering lock
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h (24.8 MPH) or more for 10 seconds.
3. Decrease the vehicle speed to below 40 km/h (24.8 MPH). J
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of 3 times).
5. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? SEC
YES >> Refer to SEC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260593

M
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

N
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the IPDM E/R is not blown: O

Signal name Fuse No.

Ignition power supply 42 (10 A) P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector.
Revision: November 2016 SEC-161 2017 D23
 B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between park/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Park/neutral position switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F66 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect park/neutral position switch connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Neutral position Battery voltage
M18 32 Ground Shift lever
Except neutral position 0 - 1.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector.
3. Disconnect BCM connector.
4. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Park/neutral position switch BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F66 2 M18 32 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to SEC-163, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-296, "Exploded View".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-162 2017 D23

 B2620 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014260594

A
[Link] PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector. B
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch terminals.

Park/neutral position switch C

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Neutral position Yes
1 2 Shift lever D
Except neutral position No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. E
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-296, "Exploded View".

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-163 2017 D23

 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260595

When clutch interlock switch turns ON, BCM detects that clutch pedal is being depressed and permits to start
the engine.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
CLUTCH SW
B26E8 BCM detects that clutch pedal position switch is also ON for 2
(Clutch interlock switch) Threshold
sec while clutch interlock switch is ON
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Clutch interlock switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Harness or connector
(Clutch pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Clutch interlock switch
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit steering lock
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following condition:
- Shift lever is in the neutral position.
- Depress clutch pedal.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-164, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260596

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL

1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
ON (Clutch pedal is
Battery voltage
Clutch interlock depressed)
M18 31 Ground
switch OFF (Clutch pedal
0 - 0.5 V
is not depressed)

Revision: November 2016 SEC-164 2017 D23

 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation". A
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] FUSE
B
Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

C
Battery power supply 9 (5 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
E
1. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
2. Check voltage between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground.

(+) F
Voltage
Clutch interlock switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
G
E35 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> Check harness for open or short between clutch interlock switch and fuse.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
I
1. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Clutch interlock switch BCM

Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E35 2 M18 31 Yes
2. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch harness connector and ground. SEC

Clutch interlock switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground L
E35 2 No
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH N
Refer to SEC-165, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. O
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-14, "Exploded View".
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014260597

[Link] CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH

Revision: November 2016 SEC-165 2017 D23
 B26E8 CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch interlock switch connector.
3. Check continuity between clutch interlock switch terminals.
.

Clutch interlock switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Depressed Yes
1 2 Clutch pedal
Not depressed No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace clutch interlock switch. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-166 2017 D23

 B26E9 STEERING STATUS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26E9 STEERING STATUS
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260598

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
LOCK MALFUNCTION
B26E9 BCM activates steering lock but steering state that BCM rec- D
(Lock malfunction) Threshold
ognizes is unlock
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electronic steering column lock
FAIL-SAFE F
–
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260599

SEC
[Link] START
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B26E9. Refer to SEC-167, "DTC Description". M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End. N
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".
O

>> Inspection End.

P

Revision: November 2016 SEC-167 2017 D23

 B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260600

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM detects one of the following status:
• BCM does not receives steering lock relay ON signal (CAN)
STRG LCK RELAY OFF from IPDM E/R within 2 seconds after BCM requests IPDM
B26EF E/R to turn steering lock relay ON
(Steering lock relay off) Threshold
• BCM detects, by lock/unlock status signals, that power
source is not supplied to electronic steering column lock for
2 seconds after BCM requests IPDM E/R to turn steering
lock relay ON
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connector
(Electronic steering column lock circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electronic steering column lock
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B26EF is displayed with DTC U1000, U1010 or B2612, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1010 or B2612.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B2612: Refer to SEC-151, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions, and wait 2 seconds or more:
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering and wait 2 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260601

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-168 2017 D23

 B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] DTC PRIORITY A

If DTC B26EF is displayed with DTC U1000, U1010 or B2612, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1010 or B2612.
Is applicable DTC detected? B
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". B2612: Refer to SEC-151, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
C
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in IPDM E/R is not blown. D

Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 52 (10 A) E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing. F
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between electronic steering column lock harness connector and ground. G

(+)
Voltage
Electronic steering column lock (–) Condition H
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage (For a few
LOCK condition
seconds after lock operation) I
Electronic ↓
M2 1 Ground steering col- 0–2V
umn lock
During operation Battery voltage J
UNLOCK condition 0–1V
NOTE:
SEC
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
L
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection normal? M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK N
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".

O
>> Inspection End.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. P
2. Disconnect electronic steering column lock connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and electronic steering column lock harness con-
nector.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-169 2017 D23

 B26EF STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

IPDM E/R Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E121 36 M2 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E121 36 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-170 2017 D23

 B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260602

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM detects one of the following status: D
• BCM does not receives steering lock relay OFF signal
STRG LCK RELAY ON (CAN) from IPDM E/R within 2 seconds after BCM requests
B26F0 IPDM E/R to turn steering lock relay OFF
(Steering lock relay on) Threshold E
• BCM detects, by the lock/unlock status signals, that power
source is supplied to electronic steering column lock contin-
uously for 2 seconds after BCM requests IPDM E/R to turn
steering lock relay OFF F
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors G
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Harness or connectors
(Electronic steering column lock circuit is open or shorted.) H
• Electronic steering column lock
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE I
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B26F0 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. SEC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
M
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions, and wait 2 seconds or more:
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed N
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering and wait 2 seconds or more.
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. O
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260603

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-171 2017 D23

 B26F0 STEERING LOCK RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B26F0 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between electronic steering column lock harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Electronic steering column lock (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage (For a few sec-
onds after lock operation)
Lock condition
Electronic ↓
M2 1 Ground steering col- 0–2V
umn lock
During operation Battery voltage
Unlock condition 0–1V
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position.

To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK
Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Disconnect electronic steering column lock connector.
4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and electronic steering column lock harness con-
nector.

IPDM E/R Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E121 36 M2 1 Yes
5. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E121 36 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
Revision: November 2016 SEC-172 2017 D23
 B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260604

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
START CONT RLY ON BCM requests IPDM E/R to turn starter control relay OFF, but D
B26F3
(Starter control relay on) Threshold BCM cannot receive starter control relay OFF state signal
from IPDM E/R (CAN)
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B26F3 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
J
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE SEC
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine:
- Selector lever: In the P position L
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Wait 2 seconds after engine started.
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260605

[Link] DTC PRIORITY O

If DTC B26F3 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. P
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R
CONSULT

Revision: November 2016 SEC-173 2017 D23

 B26F3 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-174 2017 D23

 B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260606

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
START CONT RLY OFF BCM requests IPDM E/R to turn starter control relay ON, but D
B26F4
(Starter control relay off) Threshold BCM cannot receive starter control relay ON state signal from
IPDM E/R (CAN)
Diagnosis delay time 1 second E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• BCM
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B26F4 is displayed with DTC U1000, or U1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, or
U1010. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
J
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE SEC
CONSULT
1. Press push-button ignition switch under the following conditions to start engine, and wait 1 second or
more: L
- Selector lever: In the P position
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260607

[Link] DTC PRIORITY O

If DTC B26F4 is displayed with DTC U1000, or U1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, or
U1010. P
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC OF IPDM E/R
CONSULT

Revision: November 2016 SEC-175 2017 D23

 B26F4 STARTER CONTROL RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the diagnosis procedure related to the detected DTC. Refer to PCS-25, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-176 2017 D23

 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260608

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
STRG LCK STS SW When BCM performs steering lock request to IPDM E/R, D
B26F5
(Steering lock status switch) Threshold steering lock state signal (CAN) from IPDM E/R is already lock
state
Diagnosis delay time — E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Harness or connectors
(Electronic steering column lock circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electronic steering column lock G
• IPDM E/R
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE H
–
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC B26F5 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010. J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description". SEC
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press driver side door switch to lock steering. M
4. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260609

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram". P

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC B26F5 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
Is applicable DTC detected?

Revision: November 2016 SEC-177 2017 D23

 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-64, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-65, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
UNLOCK condition Battery voltage
65
Electronic steering LOCK condition 0–1V
E130 Ground
column lock UNLOCK condition 0–1V
63
LOCK condition Battery voltage
NOTE:

1. Set the selector lever in the P position.

To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and electronic steering column lock connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and electronic steering column lock harness con-
nector.

IPDM E/R Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
65 3
E130 M2 Yes
63 8
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
65
E130 No
63
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-178 2017 D23

 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
UNLOCK condition Battery voltage
B
37
Electronic steering LOCK condition 0 – 0.5 V
M18 Ground
column lock UNLOCK condition 0 – 0.5 V
38 C
LOCK condition Battery voltage
NOTE:
D
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To lock the steering 2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Press any door switch.
E
1. Set the selector lever in the P position.
To unlock the steering
2. Press the push-button ignition switch with brake pedal not depressed.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect BCM connector and electronic steering column lock connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and electronic steering column lock harness connec-
tor. H

BCM Electronic steering column lock

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
37 3
M18 M2 Yes
38 8
J
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity SEC
Connector Terminal
Ground
37
M18 No
38 L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. M

[Link] ELECTRONIC STEERING COLUMN LOCK

Replace electronic steering column lock. Refer to SEC-198, "Removal and Installation". N

>> Inspection End.

[Link] IPDM E/R O

1. Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".

2. Perform DTC CONFITRNATION PROCEDURE for B26F5. Refer to SEC-177, "DTC Description".
P
Is DTC B26F5 detected again?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-179 2017 D23

 B26F5 STEERING LOCK STATUS SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-180 2017 D23

 B26F7 BCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F7 BCM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260610

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.

BCM Signal (terminal) —

B26F7
(Body control module) Threshold Inside key antenna output circuit in BCM is malfunctioning D
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
BCM
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking by Intelligent Key system F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
CONSULT
1. Press door request switch.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260611

[Link] START
SEC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. L
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B26F7. Refer to SEC-181, "DTC Description".
Is DTC B26F7 detected again?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM N
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End. O

Revision: November 2016 SEC-181 2017 D23

 B26F8 BCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26F8 BCM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260612

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
BCM
B26F8 Starter control relay control signal and feedback circuit signal
(Body control module) Threshold
(inside BCM) does not match
Diagnosis delay time 1 second

POSSIBLE CAUSE
BCM
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 1 second.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260613

[Link] START
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of ”BCM”.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B26F8.
Refer to SEC-182, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-182 2017 D23

 B26FC KEY REGISTRATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26FC KEY REGISTRATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260614

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.

KEY REGISTRATION Signal (terminal) —

B26FC
(Key registration) Threshold Intelligent Key that does not match the vehicle D
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Improper registration operation
• Intelligent Key
• BCM
F
FAIL-SAFE
—
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

CONSULT H
1. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all Intelligent Keys.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Refer to SEC-183, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260615

[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY SEC

CONSULT
1. Prepare Intelligent Key that matches the vehicle.
2. Registration of all Intelligent Keys. L
3. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] BCM N
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

>> Inspection End. O

Revision: November 2016 SEC-183 2017 D23

 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014260616

[Link] FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Perform “THEFT IND” in “Active Test” mode of “IMMU” of “BCM”.
2. Check security indicator lamp operation.

Test item Description

ON Illuminates
THEFT IND Security indicator lamp
OFF Does not illuminate
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Go to SEC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260617

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-34, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] FUSE
1. Turn power switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is not blown.

Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 13 (10 A)
Ignition power supply 31 (5 A)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the cause of blowing.
[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Combination meter (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
45 OFF Battery voltage
M107 Ground Ignition switch
46 ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP SIGNAL
1. Connect combination meter connector.
2. Disconnect BCM connector.
3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-184 2017 D23

 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage
BCM (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M17 93 Ground Battery voltage
B

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] BCM
Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation". D

>> Inspection End.

E
[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and BCM harness connector. F

Combination meter BCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
M106 7 M17 93 Yes
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.
H
Combination meter
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
I
M106 7 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation". J
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-185 2017 D23

 HORN FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HORN FUNCTION
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014260618

[Link] FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Perform “VEHICLE SECURITY HORN” in “Active Test” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM”.
2. Check the horn operation.

Test item Description

VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ON Horn Sounds (for 0.5 sec.)
Is the operation normal?
YES >> Horn function is OK.
NO >> Go to SEC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260619

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-60, "Wiring Diagram".

[Link] HORN FUNCTION

Check horn function with horn switch.
Do horns sound?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for horn circuit. Refer to HRN-4, "Wiring Diagram".
[Link] IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
The horn is deactivated
Battery voltage
by auto active test
E122 48 Ground
The horn is activated by
0-1V
auto active test
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect horn relay connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and horn relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Horn relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E122 48 H-1 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-186 2017 D23

 HORN FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

IPDM E/R A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E122 48 No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
D
>> Inspection End.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-187 2017 D23

 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014633775

NOTE:
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if any
DTC is detected.
SYMPTOM TABLE 1 (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with

Engine started with
push-button ignition
push-button ignition
Door lock operation switch operation (reg-
Door lock operation switch operation (reg-
No. (remote keyless en- istered Intelligent Key Symptom
(request switch) istered Intelligent Key
try) is within the detection
placed next to push-
area of inside key an-
button ignition switch)
tenna)
1 OK OK No start No start SEC-189
2 OK NG OK OK DLK-111
3 OK NG No crank, No start OK DLK-113
4 NG NG No crank, No start OK DLK-115
5 NG NG No start No start DLK-116
6 OK OK No crank, No start OK SEC-190
7 NG OK OK OK DLK-118
8 NG NG OK OK DLK-119
9 Poor range OK OK OK DLK-120

SYMPTOM TABLE 2 (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE
NORMALLY)

Engine started with Engine started with

push-button ignition push-button ignition
Door lock operation
Door lock operation switch operation (In- switch operation (reg-
No. (remote keyless en- Symptom
(request switch) telligent Key is within istered Intelligent Key
try)
the detection area of placed next to push-
inside key antenna) button ignition switch)
1 NG OK OK OK DLK-122
2 NG NG No crank, No start OK DLK-123
3 NG NG No crank, No start No crank, No start DLK-125
4 OK OK No crank, No start No crank, No start SEC-192
5 OK NG No crank, No start OK SEC-193
6 Poor range OK OK OK DLK-127

Revision: November 2016 SEC-188 2017 D23

 ENGINE CAN NOT START
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ENGINE CAN NOT START
A
Description INFOID:0000000014633776

Engine does not start when push-button ignition switch is pressed. B

SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but- C

ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig- D
side key antenna) nition switch)
OK OK No start No start

CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS) E

“ENGINE START BY I-KEY” setting in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
F
Refer to SEC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014633777

G
[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE
Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to SEC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT I

Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of all systems, and check if DTC is detected.
J
>> Follow troubleshooting for each DTC.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-189 2017 D23

 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VE-
HICLE
Description INFOID:0000000014633778

Engine does not start when push-button ignition switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
• Before starting diagnosis check that vehicle condition is as shown in “Conditions of vehicle”, and check each
symptom.
• The engine start function, door lock function, power distribution system, and NATS-IVIS/NVIS in the Intelli-
gent Key system are closely related to each other regarding control. The vehicle security function can oper-
ate only when the door lock and power distribution system are operating normally.
SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-

ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig-
side key antenna) nition switch)
OK OK No crank, No start OK

CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)

• “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” setting in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
• One or more Intelligent Keys with a registered Intelligent Key ID are in the vehicle.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to SEC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014633779

[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE

Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to SEC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”, and check if DTC is detected.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” SETTING IN “WORK SUPPORT”
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” using CONSULT.
2. Select “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” of “Work support” mode.
3. Check “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in “Work support”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Set “On” in “ENGINE START BY I-KEY”.
[Link] INSIDE KEY ANTENNA
Use SIGNAL TECH II to check each inside key antenna. For the inspection method and how to use SIGNAL
TECH II, refer to “NISSAN/INFINITI SIGNAL TECH II USER GUIDE”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-190 2017 D23

 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] BCM A
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
C

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-191 2017 D23

 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE
(ONE KEY)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VE-
HICLE (ONE KEY)
Description INFOID:0000000014633780

Engine does not start when push-button ignition switch is pressed. (One Intelligent Key has the symptom,
other keys operate normally.)
SYMPTOM TABLE (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE NOR-
MALLY)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-

ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(Intelligent Key is within the (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
detection area of inside key placed next to push-button ig-
antenna) nition switch)
OK OK No crank, No start No crank, No start

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to SEC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014633781

[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE

Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to SEC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Register the Intelligent Key.
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Replace the Intelligent Key and perform registration again.
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-192 2017 D23

 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (REQ SW/
PUSH SW) (ONE KEY)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (REQ
A
SW/PUSH SW) (ONE KEY)
Description INFOID:0000000014633782
B
Door does not lock/unlock with door request switch, and engine does not start when push-button ignition
switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key. (One Intelligent Key has the symptom, other keys operate nor-
mally.) C
SYMPTOM TABLE (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE NOR-
MALLY)
D
Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-
ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(Intelligent Key is within the (registered Intelligent Key E
keyless entry) switch)
detection area of inside key placed next to push-button ig-
antenna) nition switch)
OK NG No crank, No start OK F
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to SEC-193, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014633783

[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE H

Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to SEC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
>> GO TO 2.
[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING
J
Check that the Intelligent Key low battery warning operates.
Is the Intelligent Key low battery warning operated?
YES >> Replace Intelligent Key battery. Refer to DLK-185, "Removal and Installation". SEC
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
Check the Intelligent Key battery. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key battery. Refer to DLK-185, "Removal and Installation". M

[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY

1. Register the Intelligent Key. N
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. O
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Replace the Intelligent Key and perform registration again. P
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 6.
[Link] BCM
Revision: November 2016 SEC-193 2017 D23
 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (REQ SW/
PUSH SW) (ONE KEY)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-194 2017 D23

 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

NATS ANTENNA AMP.
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014260632
B

ALKIA3928ZZ
G

1. NATS antenna amp. 2. Push-button ignition switch

H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014260633

REMOVAL I
1. Remove the cluster lid A. Refer to IP-19, "CLUSTER LID C : Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector (A) from push-button ignition
switch (1). J

SEC

ALDIA0613ZZ

M
3. Disconnect harness connector (A) from NATS antenna amp. (1).

P
ALDIA0612ZZ

Revision: November 2016 SEC-195 2017 D23

 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Release pawls on NATS antenna amp. (1) using suitable tool
and remove from Cluster lid A (2).

: Pawl

ALDIA0611ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-196 2017 D23

 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014260634

Push-Button ignition switch is part of the Power Control System. For removal and installation, refer to PCS-96, B
"Removal and Installation".

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-197 2017 D23

 STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014260635

ALKIA4194ZZ

1. Steering lock bracket 2. Steering column 3. Steering lock assembly

A. Tamper resistant self-shear screw Front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014260636

REMOVAL
1. Remove the steering column. Refer to ST-24, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-198 2017 D23

 STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Remove the tamper resistant self-shear type screws (A) using a
suitable tool. A
CAUTION:
Do not reuse screws. Replace with new tamper resistant
self-shear type screws.
B
3. Remove the steering lock bracket (1) and the steering lock
assembly (2).
C

ALKIA3925ZZ

D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse screws. Replace with new tamper resistant self-shear type screws. E
• Tighten tamper resistant self-shear type screws until head breaks off.
• When replacing steering lock assembly perform, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
STEERING LOCK UNIT". Refer to SEC-73, "Description". F

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-199 2017 D23

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000014559924

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000014615641

NOTE:
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the push-button ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion, then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both
battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If
a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
This vehicle is equipped with a push-button ignition switch and a steering lock unit.
If the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the procedure
below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Carry the Intelligent Key or insert it to the key slot and turn the push-button ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering
wheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-200 2017 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014260638
B

SEC

M
ALKIA3922ZZ

A. View right side of steering column N

No. Component Function

• Combination meter transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN communica- O
tion.
• BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit) via CAN communication. BCM compares both signals to detect the vehicle
Meter control unit P
speed.
Combina- • Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter.
1. • Security indicator lamp blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than ON to
tion meter
warn that Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) is on board.
• BCM controls NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS) and VEHICLE SECURITY
SYSTEM.
BCM
• BCM performs ID verification between BCM and ECM when ignition switch is turned
ON. If the ID verification result is OK, ECM can start engine.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-201 2017 D23

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. Component Function
• Remote keyless entry receiver receives each button operation signal and electronic
2. Remote keyless entry receiver key ID signal from key fob, and then transmits the signal to BCM.
• Refer to DLK-190, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
• ECM controls the engine.
• When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM starts communication with ECM and per-
forms the ID verification between BCM and ECM.
• If the verification result is OK, the engine can start. If the verification result is NG, the
engine cannot start.
3. ECM
• Refer to EC-25, "Component Parts Location" (QR25DE engine models), EC-397,
"YS23DDT : Component Parts Location" (YS23DDT engine models), EC-401,
"YS23DDTT : Component Parts Location" (YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-810,
"Component Parts Location" (YD25DDTi engine models) for detailed installation loca-
tion.
• IPDM E/R controls these relays while communicating with BCM.
• When IPDM E/R receives the alarm request signal from BCM, IPDM E/R activates ve-
4. IPDM E/R
hicle security horn and hazard warning lamps intermittently.
• Refer to PCS-7, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
5. Horn high Horn high and horn low operate for warning vehicle surroundings when VEHICLE SE-
6. Horn low CURITY SYSTEM operates.

7. Front door switch LH Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF signal to
8. Rear door switch LH BCM.

9. NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-202, "NATS Antenna Amp.".

NATS Antenna Amp. INFOID:0000000014260639

The ID verification is performed between BCM and ignition key via

NATS antenna amp. when ignition switch is turned ON. If an unregis-
tered ID of ignition key is used, the operation of the starting engine is
prohibited.

JMKIB0212ZZ

Revision: November 2016 SEC-202 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM
A
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014260640
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C

ALKIA3935GB
J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Input Signal Item
SEC
Transmit unit Signal name
ID verification signal
ECM CAN communication L
Engine status signal
NATS antenna amp. Key ID signal

Output Signal Item M

Reception unit Signal name

ECM CAN communication ID verification signal N

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Nissan Anti-Theft System (NATS) has the following immobilizer functions: O
• NATS shows high anti-theft performance to prevent engine from starting by anyone other than the owner
who has the registered ignition key.
• The ignition key has NATS ID and only ignition key which has the same ID as the ID registered in BCM and
ECM can start engine. This makes high anti-theft performance to prevent the vehicle from being stolen using P
a copied ignition key.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than ON. Therefore, NATS
warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the anti-theft system.
• If the system detects a malfunction, security indicator lamp illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON.
• If the owner requires, key ID can be registered for up to 5 keys.
• During trouble diagnosis, when additional ignition key is needed, or when the following components are
replaced, the ID registration is required.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-203 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
- BCM
- Key fob
• Possible symptom of NATS malfunction is “Engine cannot start”. The engine also cannot be started because
of other than the NATS malfunction, so start the trouble diagnosis according to SEC-238, "Work Flow".
• If ECM other than Genuine NISSAN parts is installed, the engine cannot be started. For ECM replacement
procedure, refer to EC-132, "Work Procedure" (QR25DE engine models), EC-553, "Work Procedure"
(YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-898, "Work Procedure" (YD25DDTi engine models).
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
• Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter and warns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS.
• Security indicator lamp always blinks, when the ignition switch is in any position other than ON.
• Security indicator lamp turns OFF when the ignition switch is turned ON.
OPERATION WHEN IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
1. When ignition switch is turned ON, BCM activates NATS antenna amp. to start NATS ID verification with
the ignition key (transponder is integrated).
2. BCM receives the NATS ID signal from ignition key via NATS antenna amp. and verifies it with the regis-
tered ID.
3. When the NATS ID verification result is OK, BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and ECM.
4. When the verification result is OK, BCM transmits the verification OK signal to ECM, and then ECM can
start the engine.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014260641

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

ALKIA3936GB

BCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Input Signal Item

Revision: November 2016 SEC-204 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Transmit unit Signal name A

Key ID signal
Remote keyless entry receiver
Each button operation signal
Each door switch Door switch signal B
Door lock and unlock switch Door lock/unlock switch signal
Unlock sensor Unlock sensor signal
C
Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name D

IPDM E/R CAN communication Theft warning horn request signal
Meter control unit Security indicator lamp signal
Hazard warning lamp Hazard warning lamp signal E

THEFT WARNING ALARM

• The theft warning alarm function activates horn and hazard warning lamps intermittently when BCM detects F
that any door is opened by unauthorized means, while the system is in the ARMED state.
• Security indicator lamp on combination meter always blinks when ignition switch is any position other than
ON. Security indicator lamp blinking warns that the vehicle is equipped with a vehicle security system.
G
Operation Flow

SEC

JMKIB4200GB

No. System state Switching condition

M
1 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
Full Pre-Armed one condition of B are satis-
• Ignition switch: OFF All doors are locked by:
fied. N
• All doors: Closed • LOCK button of key fob
• Auto door lock function
• Driver side key cylinder operation
• Door lock and unlock switch O
2 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
Partial Pre- one condition of B is satis-
• Ignition switch: OFF All closed doors are locked by:
Armed fied.
• One or more doors: Open • LOCK button of key fob P
• Auto door lock function
• Driver side key cylinder operation
• Door lock and unlock switch

Revision: November 2016 SEC-205 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. System state Switching condition
3 Full Pre-Armed When all of the following • Ignition switch: Not changed
to Full Armed conditions are satisfied for • Door condition: Not changed
20 seconds.
4 Partial Pre-
Armed to Par-
tial Armed
5 Full Armed to When the following condition Any door: Open
ALARM is satisfied.
6 Partial Armed When the following condition Any door: Open
to ALARM is satisfied.
7 Full Pre-Armed When the following condition Any door: Open
to Partial Pre- is satisfied.
Armed
8 Partial Pre- When the following condition All doors: Closed
Armed to Full is satisfied.
Pre-Armed
9 Partial Armed When 20 seconds are past All doors: Closed
to Full Armed after the following condition
is satisfied.
10 ALARM to Full When all conditions of A are A B
Armed not satisfied and all condi-
• ID verification: OK • All doors: Closed
(RE-ALARM tions of B are satisfied, after
• UNLOCK button of key fob: ON
function) the ALARM operation is fin-
ished.
11 Full Armed to When one of the following • Any door: Open
ALARM conditions is satisfied within
(RE-ALARM 5 seconds after entering into
function) Full Armed phase from
ALARM phase.
12 ALARM to Par- When all conditions of A are A B
tial Armed not satisfied and condition B
• ID verification: OK Any door: Open
(RE-ALARM is satisfied, after the ALARM
• UNLOCK button of key fob: ON (Except doors that are open when
function) operation is finished.
entering into Partial Armed phase
from Partial Pre-Armed phase.)
13 Partial Armed When one of the following • Any door: Open
to ALARM conditions is satisfied within
(RE-ALARM 5 seconds after entering into
function) Partial Armed phase from
ALARM phase.
14 DISARMED to When all conditions of A and A B
PRE-RESET one condition of B are satis-
• Ignition switch: OFF All doors are locked by:
fied.
• All doors: Closed • LOCK button of key fob
• Auto door lock function
• Driver side key cylinder operation
15 PRE-RESET to When one of the following • ID verification: OK
DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of key fob: ON
16 PRE-RESET to When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF
Full Pre-Armed conditions are satisfied. • All doors: Closed
17 PRE-RESET to
When all of the following • Ignition switch: OFF
Partial Pre-
conditions are satisfied. • Any door: Open
Armed
18 Full Pre-Armed When one of the following • ID verification: OK
to DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of key fob: ON
19 Partial Pre-
Armed to DIS-
ARMED

Revision: November 2016 SEC-206 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. System state Switching condition
A
20 Full Armed to When one of the following • ID verification: OK
DISARMED conditions is satisfied. • UNLOCK button of key fob: ON
21 Partial Armed
to B
DISARMED
22 ALARM to
DISARMED C
DISARMED Phase
The vehicle security system is not set in the DISARMED phase. Security indicator lamp blinks every 2.4 sec-
onds. When the vehicle security system is reset, each phase switches to the DISARMED phase directly. D

PRE-ARMED Phase
The PRE-ARMED phase is the transient state between the DISARMED phase and the ARMED phase. This
E
phase is maintained for 20 seconds, so that the owner can reset the setting due to a mis-operation. This phase
switches to the ARMED phase when vehicle conditions are not changed for 20 seconds.
There are two type of phase (Full Pre-Armed and Partial Pre-Armed).
• Full Pre-Armed phase F
Vehicle security system enters into this phase when all doors are closed. Security indicator lamp blinks at 8
Hz while being in this phase. If any door is opened during this phase, the system status changes to Partial
Pre-Armed phase.
G
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 18 in the table above.
• Partial Pre-Armed phase
Vehicle security system enters into this phase when one or more doors are open. Security indicator lamp
blinks at 2.5 Hz while being in this phase. If all doors are closed during this phase, the system status H
changes to Full Pre-Armed phase.
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 19 in the table above.
ARMED Phase I
The vehicle security system is set, and BCM monitors all necessary inputs. If any door or hood is opened by
unauthorized means, vehicle security system switches to the ALARM phase. Security indicator lamp blinks
every 2.4 seconds. J
There are two type of phase (Full Armed and Partial Armed).
• Full Armed phase
Vehicle security system enters into this phase from Full Pre-Armed phase.
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 20 in the table above. SEC
• Partial Armed phase
Vehicle security system enters into this phase from Partial Pre-Armed phase. If all doors are closed during
this phase, the system status changes to Full Armed phase. L
To reset this phase, refer to the switching condition of No. 21 in the table above.
ALARM Phase
BCM transmits “Theft Warning Horn Request” signal intermittently to IPDM E/R via CAN communication and M
blinks hazard warning lamps. In this phase, horns and hazard warning lamps are activated intermittently for
approximately 27.5 seconds to warn that the vehicle is accessed by unauthorized means.
Horns are sounding at 2.5 Hz, and hazard warning lamps blinks at 1.42 Hz.
N
To cancel the ALARM operation, refer to the switching condition of No. 22 in the table above.
NOTE:
If a battery terminal is disconnected during the ALARM phase, theft warning alarm stops. But when the battery
terminal is reconnected, theft warning alarm is activated again. O
REALARM Phase
When ALARM phase is maintained for 27.5 seconds without any cancel operation, the system status returns
to the ARMED phase. At this time, if BCM still detects unauthorized access to the vehicle, the system is P
switched to the ALARM phase again. This REALARM operation is carried out a maximum of 8 times.
PRE-RESET Phase
The PRE-RESET phase is the transient state between each phase and DISARMED phase. If only the condi-
tion of door is not satisfied, the system switches to the PRE-RESET phase. Then, when any condition is
changed, the system switches to the DISARMED phase or PRE-ARMED phase.
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST

Revision: November 2016 SEC-207 2017 D23

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000014260642

Item Design Reference

For layout, refer to MWI-10, "METER SYSTEM : Design" (with color display) or MWI-
145, "METER SYSTEM : Design" (with monochrome display).
Security indicator lamp
For function, refer to SEC-204, "VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM : System Description"
or SEC-203, "NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM : System Description".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-208 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
A
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) (Without Intelligent
B
Key) INFOID:0000000014634379

APPLICATION ITEM
C
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Diagnosis mode Function Description

D
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. E
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
ECU Identification The BCM part number is displayed. F
• Read and save the vehicle specification.
Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification when replacing BCM.
G
SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions for each system.
NOTE: H
It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
Diagnosis mode
System Sub System I
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × × J
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp control INT LAMP × × ×
SEC
Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × × L
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
Manual air conditioning AIR CONDITONER × ×
Combination switch COMB SW × M
Body control system BCM ×
Immobilizer IMMU ×
N
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × × O
Panic alarm PANIC ALARM ×

THEFT ALM P
THEFT ALM : CONSULT Function (BCM - THEFT) INFOID:0000000014634380

DATA MONITOR

Revision: November 2016 SEC-209 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Monitor Item [Unit] Description

UNLK SEN -DR [On/Off] Indicates condition of front door LH UNLOCK status.
DOOR SW-DR [On/Off] Indicates condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-AS [On/Off] Indicates condition of front door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RR [On/Off] Indicates condition of rear door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RL [On/Off] Indicates condition of rear door switch LH.
CDL LOCK SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch.
KEY CYL LK-SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of key cylinder lock switch.
KEY CYL UN-SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of key cylinder unlock switch.
KEYLESS LOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
KEYLESS UNLOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key.

ACTIVE TEST

Test Item Description

FLASHER This test is able to check turn signal lamp operation [LH/RH/Off].
THEFT IND This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation [On/Off].
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN This test is able to check horn operation [On].
HEADLAMP(HI) This test is able to check headlamp (HI) operation [On].

WORK SUPPORT

Support Item Setting Description

SECURITY ALARM On* Security Alarm ON.

SET Off Security Alarm ON.
THEFT ALM TRG Off/On The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded.

SECURITY ALARM On* Security Alarm ON.

SET (Siren) Off Security Alarm ON.
* :Factory setting
IMMU
IMMU : CONSULT Function (BCM - IMMU) INFOID:0000000014634381

DATA MONITOR

Monitor item Content

CONFRM ID ALL [Yet/Done]
CONFIRM ID4 [Yet/Done]
Indicates [Yet] at all time.
CONFIRM ID3 [Yet/Done] Switches to Done when a registered Intelligent Key backside is contacted to push-button ignition
switch.
CONFIRM ID2 [Yet/Done]
CONFIRM ID1 [Yet/Done]
NOT REGISTERED [ID OK/ID Indicates [ID OK] when key ID that is registered is received or is not yet received. Indicates [ID NG]
NG] when key ID that is not registered is received.
TP 4 [Yet/Done]
TP 3 [Yet/Done]
Indicates the number of IDs that are registered.
TP 2 [Yet/Done]
TP 1 [Yet/Done]

Revision: November 2016 SEC-210 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ACTIVE TEST
A
Test item Description
THEFT IND This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation [On/Off].
B

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-211 2017 D23

 ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM, IPDM E/R, BCM
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000014260646

ECU Reference
EC-81, "Reference Value"
EC-93, "Fail Safe"
ECM (QR25DE)
EC-97, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-98, "DTC Index"
EC-470, "YS23DDT : Reference Value"
EC-487, "YS23DDT : Fail-safe"
ECM (YS23DDT)
EC-492, "YS23DDT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index"
EC-497, "YS23DDTT : Reference Value"
EC-514, "YS23DDTT : Fail-safe"
ECM (YS23DDTT)
EC-520, "YS23DDTT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index"
EC-855, "Reference Value"
EC-866, "Fail safe"
ECM (YD25DDTi)
EC-867, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
EC-869, "DTC Index"
PCS-18, "Reference Value"
IPDM E/R PCS-24, "Fail-safe"
PCS-25, "DTC Index"
MWI-41, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Reference Value"

Combination meter (BCM) (with color dis- MWI-45, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe"
play) MWI-46, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
MWI-46, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC Index"
MWI-165, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Reference Value"

Combination meter (BCM) (with mono- MWI-170, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : Fail-Safe"
chrome display) MWI-171, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
MWI-171, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC Index"

Revision: November 2016 SEC-212 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
Wiring Diagram (With color display and without Intelligent Key system) INFOID:0000000014260647
B

SEC

ABKWA3416GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-213 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8433GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-214 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8434GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-215 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8435GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-216 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Wiring Diagram (With monochrome display) INFOID:0000000014260648

SEC

ABKWA3417GB
P

Revision: November 2016 SEC-217 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8436GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-218 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8437GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-219 2017 D23

 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8438GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-220 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
A
Wiring Diagram (With color display and without Intelligent Key system) INFOID:0000000014260649

SEC

P
ABKWA3419GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-221 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKWA3420GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-222 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8445GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-223 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8446GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-224 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8447GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-225 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8448GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-226 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8449GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-227 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8450GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-228 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8451GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-229 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Wiring Diagram (With monochrome display) INFOID:0000000014260650

ABKWA3421GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-230 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKWA3422GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-231 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8452GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-232 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8453GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-233 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8454GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-234 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8455GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-235 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ABKIA8456GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-236 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SEC

ABKIA8457GB

Revision: November 2016 SEC-237 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000014260651

OVERALL SEQUENCE

ALAIA0158GB

DETAILED FLOW

Revision: November 2016 SEC-238 2017 D23

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

[Link] INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A

1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.
B

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out using CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information. E
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. F
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
[Link] THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. G
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
H
>> GO TO 5.
[Link] THE SYMPTOM I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
>> GO TO 6.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC, and then check that DTC is detected SEC
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle, and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to BCS-115, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (BCM), PCS-25,
"DTC Index" (IPDM E/R) and determine trouble diagnosis order. L
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included in Service Man-
M
ual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this
check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident". O
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step P
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
[Link] MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Revision: November 2016 SEC-239 2017 D23
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
[Link] OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

>> GO TO 9.
[Link] CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-240 2017 D23

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000014260652

Performing the following procedure can automatically activate recommunication of ECM and BCM, but only B
when the ECM is replaced with a new one*.
*: New one means a new ECM that has never been energized on-board.
NOTE:
• When the replaced ESM is not brand new, the specified procedure (Initialization of BCM and registra- C
tion of ignition keys) using CONSULT is necessary.
• If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before beginning work.
• Distinguish keys with unregistered key IDs from those with registered IDs. D
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014260653

[Link] ECM RECOMMUNICATING FUNCTION E

1. Install ECM.
2. Insert the registered ignition key* into key cylinder, then turn ignition switch ON.
*: To perform this step, use the key that is used before performing ECM replacement. F
3. Maintain ignition switch in the ON position for at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Start the engine. G

>> GO TO 2.
[Link] ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM H

Perform EC-132, "Description" (QR25DE engine models), EC-553, "Description" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT
engine models) or EC-898, "Description" (YD25DDTi engine models).
I

>> Inspection End.

J

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-241 2017 D23

 P1610 LOCK MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
P1610 LOCK MODE
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260654

ECM forcibly switches to the mode that inhibits engine start, when engine start operation is performed 5 times
or more while communication between ECM and combination meter (BCM) is not normal, or when engine start
operation is performed 5 times or more using the unregistered ignition key.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1610 LOCK MODE When ECM detects a communication malfunction between
Threshold
ECM and BCM 5 times or more
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Engine start operation is performed 5 times or more under the following conditions:
• Nissan Anti-Theft System malfunction
• Operation by unregistered key
FAIL-SAFE
Fuel cut
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1610 is displayed with other DTC (for BCM or ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other
DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. BCM: Refer to BCS-116, "DTC Index". ECM: Refer to EC-98,
"DTC Index" (QR25DE engine models), EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT engine
models), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-869,
"DTC Index" (YD25DDTi engine models).
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260655

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC P1610 is displayed with other DTC (for BCM or ENGINE), first perform the trouble diagnosis for other
DTC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. BCM: Refer to BCS-116, "DTC Index". ECM: Refer to EC-98,
"DTC Index" (QR25DE engine models), EC-494, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT engine
models), EC-521, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-869,
"DTC Index" (YD25DDTi engine models).
Revision: November 2016 SEC-242 2017 D23
 P1610 LOCK MODE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] ENGINE START FUNCTION A

1. Perform that DTC except DTC P1610 is not detected.

If detected, erase the DTC after fixing.
B
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON using the registered ignition key and wait for 5 seconds.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait 5 seconds.
5. Repeat steps 4 and 5 twice (a total of 3 times). C
6. Check that engine can start using the registered ignition key.

>> Inspection End. D

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-243 2017 D23

 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260656

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are not
Threshold
good
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Combination meter
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Fuel cut
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260657

[Link] INITIALIZATION
CONSULT
Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1611. Refer to SEC-244, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-244 2017 D23

 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] ECM A

Replace ECM.
Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE engine models), EC-798, "Removal and Installation"
B
(YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine mod-
els).

C
>> Inspection End.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-245 2017 D23

 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260658

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1612 CHAIN OF BCM-ECM
Threshold Inactive communication between BCM and ECM
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Combination meter
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Fuel cut
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010 (for BCM).
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000 (for BCM): Refer to BCS-134, "DTC Description". U1010
(for BCM): Refer to BCS-135, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260659

[Link] DTC PRIORITY

If DTC P1612 is displayed with DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010 (for BCM), first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC U1000 (for BCM) or U1010 (for BCM).
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000 (for BCM): Refer to BCS-134, "DTC Description". U1010
(for BCM): Refer to BCS-135, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
3. Start engine.
Does the engine start?
Revision: November 2016 SEC-246 2017 D23
 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 3. A
[Link] ECM
Replace ECM.
B
Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE engine models), EC-798, "Removal and Installation"
(YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine mod-
els).
C
>> Inspection End.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-247 2017 D23

 P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260660

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and
Threshold
BCM
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or shorted.)
• Ignition key
• Combination meter
• NATS antenna amp.
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibits engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260661

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-213, "Wiring Diagram (With color display and without
Intelligent Key system)" or SEC-217, "Wiring Diagram (With monochrome display)".

[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. INSTALLATION

Check NATS antenna amp. installation. Refer to SEC-270, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reinstall NATS antenna amp. correctly.
[Link] IGNITION KEY
Start engine using another registered ignition key.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> Replace ignition key.
YES-2 >> Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following IPDM E/R fuse is not blown.
Revision: November 2016 SEC-248 2017 D23
 P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Signal name Fuse No. A

Battery power supply 49 (20 A)
Is the fuse blown?
B
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY C
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.
D
(+)
Voltage
NATS antenna amp. (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
M21 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and NATS antenna amp. connector.
H
IPDM E/R NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E121 32 M21 1 Yes I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. J
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground. SEC

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground L
M21 3 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. M
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL N
1. Connect combination meter connector and NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
With monochrome display models O
(+)
Voltage
Combination meter (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal P
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move
88
Other than above 0–1V
M88 Ground
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move
87
Other than above 0–1V

Revision: November 2016 SEC-249 2017 D23

 P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
With color display models
(+)
Voltage
Combination meter (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move
109
Other than above 0–1V
M91 Ground
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move
108
Other than above 0–1V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and NATS antenna amp. harness con-
nector.
With monochrome display models
Combination meter NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
88 2
M88 M21 Yes
87 4

With color display models

Combination meter NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
109 4
M91 M21 Yes
108 2
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
2
M21 No
4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-270, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 10.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-250 2017 D23

 P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260662

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
P1615 The ID verification results between combination meter (BCM) D
(Difference of key) Threshold
and ignition key are not good
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Ignition key
• Combination meter
F
FAIL-SAFE
Fuel cut
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

CONSULT H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Refer to SEC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260663

[Link] INITIALIZATION SEC

CONSULT
Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
L
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
[Link] IGNITION KEY
CONSULT
1. Replace ignition key. N
2. Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End. O
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
P
CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-251 2017 D23

 P1616 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
P1616 ECM
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260664

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
P1616 NATS MALFUNCTION Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and
Threshold
ECM
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 2 seconds or more.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-252, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260665

[Link] START
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC P1616. Refer to SEC-252, "DTC Description".
Is DTC P1616 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] ECM
1. Replace ECM.
Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE engine models), EC-798, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi
engine models).
2. Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM”.
Refer to EC-132, "Work Procedure" (QR25DE engine models), EC-553, "Work Procedure" (YS23DDT or
YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-898, "Work Procedure" (YD25DDTi engine models).

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-252 2017 D23

 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260666

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.

NATS ANTENNA AMP Signal (terminal) —

B2190 (Nissan Anti-Theft System Inactive communication between NATS antenna amp. and D
antenna amplifier) Threshold
BCM
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(NATS antenna amp. circuit is open or shorted.)
• Ignition key F
• combination meter
• NATS antenna amp.
G
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Refer to SEC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
SEC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260667

L
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-213, "Wiring Diagram (With color display and without
Intelligent Key system)" or SEC-217, "Wiring Diagram (With monochrome display)".
M
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. INSTALLATION
Check NATS antenna amp. installation. Refer to SEC-270, "Removal and Installation". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reinstall NATS antenna amp. correctly. O
[Link] IGNITION KEY
Start engine using another registered ignition key.
P
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> Replace ignition key.
YES-2 >> Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following IPDM E/R fuse is not blown.
Revision: November 2016 SEC-253 2017 D23
 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 49 (20 A)
Is the fuse blown?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
NATS antenna amp. (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M21 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and NATS antenna amp. connector.

IPDM E/R NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E121 32 M21 1 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground.

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M21 3 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL
1. Connect combination meter connector and NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
With monochrome display models
(+)
Voltage
Combination meter (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move
88
Other than above 0–1V
M88 Ground
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move
87
Other than above 0–1V

Revision: November 2016 SEC-254 2017 D23

 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
With color display models
(+) A
Voltage
Combination meter (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move
B
109
Other than above 0–1V
M91 Ground
Just after inserting ignition key into key cylinder Pointer of tester should move C
108
Other than above 0–1V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. D
NO >> GO TO 8.
[Link] NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT E
1. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and NATS antenna amp. harness con-
nector.
F
With monochrome display models
Combination meter NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
88 2
M88 M21 Yes
87 4
H
With color display models
Combination meter NATS antenna amp.
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
109 4
M91 M21 Yes
108 2
3. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. harness connector and ground. J

NATS antenna amp.

Continuity
Connector Terminal SEC
Ground
2
M21 No
4
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace NATS antenna amp. Refer to SEC-270, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness. M
[Link] COMBINATION METER
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display). N
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. O
NO >> GO TO 10.
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
P
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-255 2017 D23

 B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260668

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
B2191 ID verification results between combination meter (BCM) and
(Difference of key) Threshold
ignition key are not good
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Ignition key
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-256, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260669

[Link] INITIALIZATION
CONSULT
Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] IGNITION KEY
CONSULT
1. Replace ignition key.
2. Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-256 2017 D23

 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260670

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
B2192 ID DISCORD BCM-ECM The ID verification results between BCM and ECM are not D
Threshold
good
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Combination meter
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

CONSULT H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Refer to SEC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260671

[Link] INITIALIZATION SEC

CONSULT
Perform initialization of combination meter (BCM) and registration of all ignition keys.
L
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “ENGINE”. N
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2192. Refer to SEC-257, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] COMBINATION METER P
CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
YES >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-257 2017 D23

 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 4.
[Link] ECM
Replace ECM.
Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE engine models), EC-798, "Removal and Installation"
(YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine mod-
els).

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-258 2017 D23

 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260672

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.

CHAIN OF BCM-ECM Signal (terminal) —

B2193 (Chain of body control mod- Inactive communication between ECM and combination D
ule - engine control module) Threshold
meter (BCM)
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ECM F
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE G
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
[Link] DTC PRIORITY H

If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-134, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-135, "DTC Description".
J
NO >> GO TO 2.
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT SEC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Refer to SEC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260673

[Link] DTC PRIORITY N

If DTC B2193 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000 or
U1010.
O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. U1000: Refer to BCS-134, "DTC Description". U1010: Refer to
BCS-135, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2. P

[Link] COMBINATION METER

CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.
Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with registered ignition key?
Revision: November 2016 SEC-259 2017 D23
 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 3.
[Link] ECM
Replace ECM.
Refer to EC-392, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE engine models), EC-798, "Removal and Installation"
(YS23DDT or YS23DDTT engine models) or EC-1094, "Removal and Installation" (YD25DDTi engine mod-
els).

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-260 2017 D23

 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014260674

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When the ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
B2195 ANTI-SCANNING ID verification between combination meter (BCM) and ECM D
Threshold
that is out of the specified specification is detected
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ID verification request out of the specified specification
FAIL-SAFE F
Inhibit engine cranking
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
[Link] DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to SEC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260675
J

[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 1

SEC
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM”.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC B2195. Refer to SEC-261, "DTC Description". L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End. M

[Link] EQUIPMENT OF THE VEHICLE

Check that unspecified accessory part related to engine start is not installed. N
Is unspecified accessory part related to engine start installed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. O
[Link] SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 2
CONSULT P
1. Obtain the customers approval to remove unspecified accessory part related to engine start, and then
remove it.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM”.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for DTC B2195. Refer to SEC-261, "DTC Description".
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-261 2017 D23

 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Inspection End.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
CONSULT
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Perform initialization of BCM and registration of all ignition keys.

>> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-262 2017 D23

 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014260676

[Link] FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Perform “THEFT IND” in the “Active Test” mode of “IMMU” of “BCM”.
2. Check security indicator lamp operation. C

Test item Description

On Illuminates D
THEFT IND Security indicator lamp
Off Does not illuminate
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> Inspection End.
NO (With color display models)>>Go to SEC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO (With monochrome display models)>>Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and
Installation". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260677

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-221, "Wiring Diagram (With color display and without
Intelligent Key system)".
H

[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT

I
1. Disconnect combination meter connector.
2. Check continuity between combination meter terminals.

Combination meter J
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M71 7 M91 87 Yes
SEC
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector and ground.

Combination meter L
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M71 7 No
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
N

Revision: November 2016 SEC-263 2017 D23

 HORN FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HORN FUNCTION
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014260678

[Link] FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Perform “VEHICLE SECURITY HORN” in “Active Test” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM”.
2. Check the horn operation.

Test item Description

VEHICLE SECURITY HORN On Horn Sounds (for 0.5 sec.)
Is the operation normal?
YES >> Horn function is OK.
NO >> Go to SEC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260679

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to SEC-221, "Wiring Diagram (With color display and without
Intelligent Key system)" or SEC-230, "Wiring Diagram (With monochrome display)".

[Link] HORN FUNCTION

Check horn function with horn switch.
Do horns sound?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for horn circuit. Refer to HRN-4, "Wiring Diagram".
[Link] IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
IPDM E/R (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
The horn is deactivated
Battery voltage
by auto active test
E122 48 Ground
The horn is activated by
0-1V
auto active test
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-40, "Removal and Installation".
[Link] IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect horn relay connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and horn relay harness connector.

IPDM E/R Horn relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E122 48 H-1 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-264 2017 D23

 HORN FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

IPDM E/R A
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E122 48 No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
[Link] INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
D
>> Inspection End.

SEC

Revision: November 2016 SEC-265 2017 D23

 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR BLINK
Description INFOID:0000000014260680

Security indicator lamp does not blink when ignition switch is in a position other than ON.
NOTE:
• Before performing the diagnosis, check “Work Flow”. Refer to SEC-238, "Work Flow".
• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS)” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
Ignition switch is not in the ON position.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260681

[Link] SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP

Check security indicator lamp function.
Refer to SEC-263, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
[Link] COMBINATION METER
1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: November 2016 SEC-266 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
A
KEY FOB
KEY FOB : Description INFOID:0000000014260682
B
Armed phase is not activated when all doors are locked using key fob.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDI- C
TIONS)” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
CONSULT D
“SECURITY ALARM SET”: ON
Check the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” in “Work support” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM”.
KEY FOB : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260683
E

[Link] REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

F
Check remote keyless entry system
Does door lock/unlock with key fob?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Refer to DLK-254, "Component Function Check".
[Link] COMBINATION METER
• Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-217, H
"Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
• Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal? I
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH J

DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000014260684

SEC
Armed phase is not activated when all doors are locked using door lock and unlock switch.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS)” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. L
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
CONSULT
“SECURITY ALARM SET”: ON M
Check the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” in “Work support” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM”.
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260685
N

[Link] POWER DOOR LOCK OPERATION

Check power door lock operation. O
Does door lock/unlock with door lock and unlock switch?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to DLK-239, "Component Function Check". P
[Link] COMBINATION METER
• Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI-217,
"Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
• Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-267 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
UNLOCK SENSOR
UNLOCK SENSOR : Description INFOID:0000000014260686

Armed phase is not activated when door is locked by door key cylinder operation using mechanical key.
NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDI-
TIONS)” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom.
CONDITION OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
CONSULT
“SECURITY ALARM SET”: ON
Check the setting of “SECURITY ALARM SET” in “Work support” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM”.
UNLOCK SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260687

[Link] POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM (DOOR LOCK FUNCTION)

Lock/unlock door using mechanical key inserted into door key cylinder.
Refer to DLK-249, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check power door lock system (door lock function). Refer to DLK-249, "Component Function
Check".
[Link] THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 1.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-268 2017 D23

 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE
A
Description INFOID:0000000014260688

Alarm does not operate when alarm operating condition is satisfied. B

NOTE:
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check
each symptom.
C
CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)
CONSULT
“SECURITY ALARM SET” setting in “Work support” mode of “THEFT ALM” of “BCM” is ON. D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014260689

[Link] DOOR SWITCH E

Check door switch.
Refer to DLK-244, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning door switch
[Link] HAZARD WARNING LAMPS G

Check hazard warning lamps.

Refer to DLK-248, "Component Function Check". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. I
[Link] HORN FUNCTION
Check horn function.
Refer to SEC-264, "Component Function Check". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. SEC

[Link] COMBINATION METER

1. Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-137, "Removal and Installation" (with color display) or MWI- L
217, "Removal and Installation" (with monochrome display).
2. Confirm the operation again.
Is the result normal? M
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-45, "Intermittent Incident".
N

Revision: November 2016 SEC-269 2017 D23

 NATS ANTENNA AMP.
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

NATS ANTENNA AMP.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014260690

REMOVAL
1. Remove the steering column cover. Refer to ST-24, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect harness connector (3) from NATS antenna amp. (1).
3. Remove the NATS antenna amp. bolt (A), and then remove
NATS antenna amp. (1) from steering lock unit (2).

AWDIA1275ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: November 2016 SEC-270 2017 D23